Qualcomm Modem GSP 1620 User Guide

This manual is based on the  
GSP-1620 Satellite Data Modem.  
Software or hardware changes may  
have occurred after this printing.  
QUALCOMM reserves the right to make changes in  
hardware, software, and technical and product specifications  
without prior notice.  
QUALCOMM Incorporated  
5775 Morehouse Drive  
San Diego, CA. 92121-1714  
U.S.A.  
Copyright © 2001 QUALCOMM Incorporated.  
All rights reserved. Printed in the United States of America.  
This technology is controlled by the United States Government. Diversion contrary to U.S.  
law prohibited.  
QUALCOMM® is a registered trademark of QUALCOMM Incorporated.  
Globalstar is a trademark of Loral QUALCOMM Satellite Services, Inc.  
QUALCOMM Globalstar GSP-1620 Satellite Data Modem Integrator’s Reference Manual  
80-99208-1, Rev. D  
April 17, 2001  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Service-Programming Modems ...........................................................3-1  
UTPST Overview........................................................................................ 3-2  
Using the UTPST ....................................................................................... 3-2  
Re-programming Default Parameters....................................................... 3-4  
Bulk-Programming Modems...................................................................... 3-7  
Upgrading Modem Software...................................................................... 3-7  
Making Simple Data Calls ....................................................................4-1  
Checking Modem Status ............................................................................ 4-1  
Making Simple Packet Data Calls ............................................................ 4-3  
Making a Call from the Data Port ...........................................4-4  
Entering Online-Command Mode ............................................4-5  
Developing Modem Applications ........................................................5-1  
Recommended Development Tools............................................................ 5-2  
SCADA Application Components .............................................................. 5-2  
Packet/Asynchronous Data Overview ....................................................... 5-4  
Modem Application Scenarios ................................................................... 5-5  
Working with Modem Features................................................................. 5-7  
Using Data and Control Ports .................................................5-7  
Data and Control Port Configurations ..............................5-8  
Port Arbitration Behavior ..................................................5-9  
AT Command Processing Modes ......................................5-12  
Port(s) Affected by AT Commands ...................................5-13  
Port Activation (DTR) Changes during Operation .........5-15  
Port Use During Power On and Power Off ......................5-16  
Globalstar Satellite Service ...................................................5-16  
Short Messaging Service (SMS) .............................................5-17  
SMS Alerts ........................................................................5-17  
SMS Message Field Information ......................................5-18  
SMS AT Commands ..........................................................5-18  
Using SMS for Mobile-Terminated Calls ........................5-18  
Globalstar Service Alerts .......................................................5-19  
Service Status Message ..........................................................5-20  
Position Location Determination ...........................................5-21  
Using Packet Data ................................................................................... 5-21  
Data Rate and Throughput ....................................................5-22  
Networking Software and PPP Sessions ...............................5-22  
Interoperability with Different Operating Systems .......5-22  
iv  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table of Contents  
IP Addressing for the GSP-1620 Modem ...............................5-23  
Dynamic IP Addressing ....................................................5-23  
Fixed IP Addressing .........................................................5-24  
Finding IP Addresses ........................................................5-24  
Virtual Private Network Service .....................................5-24  
Dormant Mode Service ...........................................................5-25  
Mobile-Originated Packet Data Calls ....................................5-27  
Mobile-Terminated Packet Data Calls ..................................5-27  
Answering Calls Using the Data Port Only ....................5-28  
Answering Calls Using the Data and Control Ports .......5-29  
Roaming and Packet Data Service ........................................5-29  
Using Asynchronous Data ....................................................................... 5-30  
Data Rate and Throughput ....................................................5-32  
Mobile-Originated Asynchronous Data Calls ........................5-32  
Mobile-Terminated Asynchronous Data Calls ......................5-33  
Accessing Packet Data Over an Asynchronous  
Connection ...............................................................................5-34  
Roaming and Asynchronous Data Service ............................5-35  
Typical Modem Initialization Strings ..................................................... 5-36  
AT Command Reference ........................................................................6-1  
AT Command Quick Reference Tables...................................................... 6-2  
AT Commands Overview ........................................................................... 6-7  
Command Alphabet ..................................................................6-7  
Case Sensitivity ........................................................................6-7  
Command Line Format ............................................................6-7  
Command Syntax .....................................................................6-8  
Basic AT Commands .................................................................................. 6-8  
Results Returned ......................................................................6-9  
Command Echo (E) ...................................................................6-9  
Get Info (I) .................................................................................6-9  
Monitor Speaker Loudness (L) ...............................................6-10  
Monitor Speaker Mode (M) ....................................................6-11  
Select Pulse Dialing (P) ..........................................................6-11  
Result Code Suppression (Q) ..................................................6-12  
Select Tone Dialing (T) ...........................................................6-13  
DCE Response Format (V) .....................................................6-13  
Result Code Selection Command (X) .....................................6-14  
Reset to Default Configuration (Z) ........................................6-15  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
v
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
DCE Received Line Signal Detector Behavior (&C) .............6-16  
DTE Data Terminal Ready Behavior (&D) ...........................6-16  
Set to Factory-Defined Configuration (&F) ...........................6-17  
Basic Action Commands .......................................................................... 6-18  
Answer Incoming Call (A) ......................................................6-18  
Repeat Last Command (A/) ....................................................6-19  
Dial (D) ....................................................................................6-20  
Hook Control (H) ....................................................................6-22  
Return to Online Data Mode (O) ...........................................6-23  
Basic S-Registers...................................................................................... 6-24  
Results Returned ....................................................................6-24  
Automatic Answer (S0) ...........................................................6-25  
Command Line Termination Character (S3) ........................6-25  
Response Formatting Character (S4) ....................................6-26  
Command Line Editing Character (S5) .................................6-27  
Pause Before Blind Dialing Time (S6) ...................................6-27  
Connection Completion Timeout (S7) ....................................6-28  
Comma Dial Modifier Time (S8) ............................................6-29  
Carrier Detect Threshold Timeout (S9) .................................6-29  
Carrier Loss to Disconnect Timeout (S10) ............................6-30  
DTMF Tone Duration and Spacing (S11) ..............................6-31  
Globalstar-Specific S-Register Extensions.............................................. 6-31  
Silent Retry Timeout (S777) ..................................................6-31  
Extended Configuration AT Commands ................................................. 6-32  
Set Forward MUX Option (+CMUX) .....................................6-32  
Set Rm Interface Protocol (+CRM) ........................................6-33  
Get Modem User Terminal ESN (+GSN) ..............................6-34  
Set Character Framing (+ICF) ..............................................6-35  
Set Local Flow Control (+IFC) ...............................................6-36  
Set Rm Interface Command Baud Rate (+IPR) ....................6-38  
Online-Command Mode Commands........................................................ 6-40  
Change from Online to Online-Command Mode (+++) .........6-40  
Asynchronous Data through Gateway IWF Commands........................ 6-41  
Set Remote Config String (+CFG) .........................................6-41  
Data Compression Control Command (+DS) ........................6-42  
Error Control Selection Command (+ES) ..............................6-45  
Modulation Selection Command (+MS) .................................6-47  
vi  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table of Contents  
Dormant Mode Commands ...................................................................... 6-48  
Set Dormant Mode Timeout Value (+CTA) ...........................6-49  
Packet No Dial ($QCPKND) ..................................................6-50  
SMS Commands ....................................................................................... 6-51  
SMS Move/Delete ($QCSMSM) ..............................................6-51  
SMS Print ($QCSMSP) ..........................................................6-52  
SMS Lock ($QCSMSL) ...........................................................6-56  
SMS Alert ($QCSMSA) ..........................................................6-57  
SMS Info ($QCSMSI) .............................................................6-58  
Error Log Services Commands ................................................................ 6-59  
Retrieve Error Log ($QCERR) ...............................................6-59  
Clear Error Log ($QCCLR) ....................................................6-60  
Service Status Commands ....................................................................... 6-61  
Service Alert ($QCSA) ............................................................6-61  
Service Status ($QCSTATUS) ................................................6-62  
Special Calls and Services Commands.................................................... 6-64  
Time of Day ($QCTOD) ..........................................................6-64  
Position Location Service ($QCPLS) .....................................6-66  
Markov Statistics ($QCMSTATS) ..........................................6-68  
Set Mode ($QCMODE) ...........................................................6-69  
Protocol Stack Modification Commands ................................................. 6-70  
TCP Stack Changes ($QCTCP) ..............................................6-70  
Use Van Jacobsen Header Compression ($QCVJ) ................6-73  
Integrating GSP-1620 Modems  
into OEM Products .................................................................................7-1  
Integrating Modems into Products............................................................ 7-2  
Modem Mechanical Description ...............................................7-3  
Modem Board Layout .........................................................7-3  
Modem Dimensions and Weight ........................................7-6  
Modem Antenna Connectors ....................................................7-6  
Data and Control Ports ............................................................7-6  
DTR/DSR Signal and Power On/Off ..................................7-7  
Changing Data and Control Port Configuration ...............7-8  
Control Port Signals ...........................................................7-8  
Data Port Signals ................................................................7-9  
DB-25 Data and Control Port Pinouts ...............................7-9  
Diagnostic Port .......................................................................7-12  
Diagnostic Port Pinouts ....................................................7-13  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
vii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
DC Power ................................................................................7-15  
Surge Protection ...............................................................7-16  
EMI Filtering ....................................................................7-16  
Power Consumption ..........................................................7-16  
Power-On ...........................................................................7-17  
Power-Off ..........................................................................7-18  
Hard Power Reset .............................................................7-18  
Grounding ...............................................................................7-18  
Modem Mounting Guidelines .................................................7-19  
QUALCOMM Mark on OEM Enclosures ........................7-20  
Integrated Product Regulatory Labeling .........................7-21  
Mounting Antennas On-Site.................................................................... 7-22  
Modem Antenna Specifications ..............................................7-22  
Antenna Dimensions and Weight ....................................7-23  
Antenna Depiction ............................................................7-23  
Antenna Cable Specifications ................................................7-25  
Calculating Antenna Cable Length .......................................7-27  
Mounting Antennas at the Field Site ....................................7-27  
Finding a Good Antenna Location ...................................7-27  
Securing Antenna Cables .................................................7-28  
Mounting and Sealing Antennas on Flat Surfaces .........7-28  
Mounting and Sealing Antennas on Poles ......................7-29  
Mounting Multiple Antennas ...........................................7-29  
Environmental Specifications.................................................................. 7-30  
GSP-1620 Modem Environments ...........................................7-30  
Temperature/Humidity ..........................................................7-30  
Operational .......................................................................7-30  
Non-Operational ...............................................................7-30  
Thermal Radiation .................................................................7-31  
Altitude ...................................................................................7-32  
Operational .......................................................................7-32  
Non-operational ................................................................7-32  
Vibration .................................................................................7-32  
Operational - Random ......................................................7-32  
Non-Operational - Random ..............................................7-32  
Operational - Sinusoidal ...................................................7-32  
Non-Operational - Sinusoidal ..........................................7-32  
viii  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Table of Contents  
Mechanical Shock ...................................................................7-34  
Operational .......................................................................7-34  
Non-Operational ...............................................................7-34  
Acoustic Noise .........................................................................7-34  
Digital Data Connector Durability ........................................7-34  
Applied Forces ...................................................................7-34  
Mating cycles .....................................................................7-34  
RF Connector Durability ........................................................7-35  
Materials .................................................................................7-35  
Shipping ..................................................................................7-35  
Dielectric Resonator Antenna (DRA) Environments.............................. 7-35  
Temperature/Humidity ..........................................................7-35  
Operational .......................................................................7-35  
Non-Operational ...............................................................7-36  
Thermal Radiation ..................................................................7-36  
Icing/Freezing Rain/Snow ......................................................7-37  
Altitude ....................................................................................7-37  
Operational .......................................................................7-37  
Non-Operational ...............................................................7-37  
Vibration .................................................................................7-37  
Operational - Random ......................................................7-37  
Non-Operational - Random ..............................................7-37  
Mechanical Shock ...................................................................7-38  
Operational .......................................................................7-38  
Non-Operational ...............................................................7-38  
RF Connector Durability ........................................................7-39  
Materials .................................................................................7-39  
Shipping ..................................................................................7-39  
Troubleshooting ......................................................................................8-1  
Globalstar Background ........................................................................A-1  
Space Segment........................................................................................... A-2  
Ground Segment........................................................................................ A-2  
Coverage .................................................................................................... A-2  
Carriers...................................................................................................... A-4  
Distributors and OEMs for User Terminals ............................................ A-5  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
ix  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
RF Certification/Restrictions .............................................................B-1  
Certification............................................................................................... B-1  
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) ........................ B-2  
European R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC .................................. B-2  
RF Restrictions.......................................................................................... B-3  
Radio Astronomy Zones ........................................................... B-3  
GPS Interference Elimination ................................................ B-3  
Radio Frequency Exposure Restrictions .................................................. B-3  
Electronic Device Restrictions.................................................................. B-4  
Pacemakers .............................................................................. B-4  
Hearing Aids ............................................................................ B-5  
Other Medical Devices ............................................................. B-5  
Warranty ..................................................................................................C-1  
Product Support ....................................................................................D-1  
QUALCOMM Globalstar Customer Service............................................ D-1  
Technical Support Information ...............................................D-1  
Order Fulfillment Information ...............................................D-2  
Website Information ................................................................D-3  
Contacting QUALCOMM Customer Service ..........................D-3  
Contact information ...........................................................D-4  
Specification Summary ........................................................................E-1  
x
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LIST OF FIGURES  
Figure 1-1.  
Figure 1-2.  
Typical Modem SCADA Application Using  
Packet Data ...................................................................1-4  
Typical Modem SCADA Application Using  
Asynchronous Data .......................................................1-5  
Conceptual Diagram of GSP-1620 Modem ..................1-6  
Simplified Top View of GSP-1620 Modem ...................2-3  
Modem Interface Cable Bridle .....................................2-4  
Modem Diagnostic Cable ..............................................2-8  
Antenna Base Showing Connectors ...........................2-10  
DCE - DTE Application Components ...........................5-3  
DTE-to-DCE Rm Interface ...........................................5-7  
Asynchronous Data Call Components .......................5-31  
GSP-1620 Modem Board Layout (Top View) ...............7-4  
GSP-1620 Modem Board Layout  
Figure 1-3.  
Figure 2-1.  
Figure 2-2.  
Figure 2-3.  
Figure 2-4.  
Figure 5-1.  
Figure 5-2.  
Figure 5-3.  
Figure 7-1.  
Figure 7-2.  
(Side/ Bottom Views) .....................................................7-5  
QUALCOMM Mark for OEM Enclosures ..................7-21  
DRA Side View ............................................................7-22  
DRA View Showing Connectors .................................7-23  
DRA Top and Side Views ............................................7-24  
DRA Bottom View and Mounting Hole Locations .....7-25  
GSP-1620 Modem Temperature/Humidity  
Figure 7-3.  
Figure 7-4.  
Figure 7-5.  
Figure 7-6.  
Figure 7-7.  
Figure 7-8.  
Envelope ......................................................................7-31  
GSP-1620 Modem Random Vibration Spectra ...........7-33  
Figure 7-9.  
Figure 7-10. DRA Temperature/Humidity Envelope .....................7-36  
Figure 7-11. DRA Random Vibration Spectrum .............................7-38  
Figure A-1. Globalstar Coverage Availability ................................ A-3  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
xi  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
xii  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LIST OF TABLES  
Table 1-1.  
Table 1-2.  
Table 2-1.  
Table 3-1.  
Table 3-2.  
Table 5-1.  
Table 5-2.  
Table 5-3.  
Table 5-4.  
Table 5-5.  
Table 6-1.  
Table 6-2.  
Table 6-3.  
Table 6-4.  
Table 6-5.  
Table 6-6.  
Table 6-7.  
Table 7-1.  
Table 7-2.  
Table 7-3.  
Typical GSP-1620 Modem Applications ......................1-3  
Checklist of Modem Integrator’s Kit Components ......1-8  
DTR Switch Positions ...................................................2-8  
Service Programming Parameters You Must Set ......3-5  
Bulk Service-Programming Options ............................3-7  
Packet vs. Asynchronous Data ...................................5-4  
Port Signal Lines ..........................................................5-8  
Port Arbitration Behavior .........................................5-10  
Port(s) Affected by AT Commands ............................5-14  
Sample Typical Modem Initialization Strings .........5-36  
Operational AT Commands .........................................6-2  
Non-Operational AT Commands .................................6-6  
Result Codes for Basic AT Parameter Commands ......6-9  
Common Result Codes for S-Register Commands ....6-24  
SMS Print Command Field Definitions ....................6-54  
SMS Info Command Field Definitions ......................6-59  
Modem Status Information .......................................6-63  
Interface Connector Pinouts ......................................7-10  
Diagnostic Port Pinouts .............................................7-14  
Modem DC Power Consumption Estimates  
at 12 V DC Input .........................................................7-17  
Suggested RF Cable and Connector Suppliers ..........7-26  
Swept Sine Vibration Definition ...............................7-33  
Troubleshooting Modem Problems ..............................8-1  
Specification Summary — GSP-1620 Modem .......... E-1  
Specification Summary — Dielectric Resonator  
Table 7-4.  
Table 7-5.  
Table 8-1.  
Table E-1.  
Table E-2.  
Antenna (DRA) ............................................................ E-3  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
xiii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
xiv  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
REVISION HISTORY  
Version  
Release Date  
Notes  
Rev. A  
Rev. B  
Rev. C  
August 23, 2000  
October 13, 2000  
January 25, 2001  
First Production Release  
Revised hardware specifications  
Release to accompany GSP-1620 modem software  
version 5.2:  
Changed modem name and manual title  
(removed “packet”)  
Added information about asynchronous data,  
especially in Chapters 5 and 6  
Revised Diagnostic cable graphic and  
procedures in Chapter 2  
Revised Customer Service information in  
Appendix D  
Added antenna specifications to Appendix E  
Rev. D  
April 17, 2001  
Updates and corrections:  
Revised some AT command descriptions or  
parameter values in Chapter 6  
Added pinout information for Diagnostic port  
in Chapter 7  
Added references to the Modem Operation  
Monitor in Chapters 2 and 6  
Applied new document layout design  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
xv  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
xvi  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ABOUT THIS MANUAL  
This QUALCOMM Globalstar GSP-1620 Satellite Data  
Modem Integrator’s Reference Manual, also referred to as the  
Integrator’s Reference Manual, provides the information  
needed to install and use the QUALCOMM Globalstar  
GSP-1620 Satellite Data Modem, also referred to as the  
GSP-1620 modem in this document.  
Who Should Use This Manual  
This manual is intended for the following users:  
People who set up the modem from the Modem  
Integrator’s Kit on a bench for development and testing  
Application developers who create software applications  
that work with the GSP-1620 modem  
Developers and OEMs who service-program modems to  
make them work with Globalstar Service Providers  
OEMs or system integrators who incorporate GSP-1620  
modem hardware into commercial products (for example,  
oil pipeline monitors)  
OEM field technicians who install those products on site  
Getting Started on page 1-1 includes a roadmap pointing  
different users to relevant sections in this manual.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
xvii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
How This Manual Is Organized  
This following table summarizes how information is  
organized in this manual.  
Chapter  
Description  
Chapter 1. Getting Started  
Introduction to the GSP-1620 modem and  
the Modem Integrator’s Kit.  
Chapter 2.  
Quick Bench Set-Up  
Quick instructions for connecting and  
powering up the modem and sending  
commands via HyperTerminal.  
Chapter 3.  
Service-Programming Modems  
Coordinating with Service Providers and  
re-programming default modem  
parameters.  
Chapter 4.  
Making Simple Data Calls  
Quick tutorial on setting up a PC for  
packet data, making mobile-originated  
packet data calls, and using modem ports.  
Chapter 5.  
Developing Modem Applications  
Developing software applications that  
work with modem features.  
Chapter 6.  
AT Command Reference  
Developer’s reference for AT commands,  
syntax, and values.  
Chapter 7.  
Integrating GSP-1620 Modems  
into OEM Products  
Hardware descriptions of the modem and  
antenna, mounting guidelines, and  
environmental specifications.  
Chapter 8. Troubleshooting  
Suggested solutions for modem problems.  
Appendix A.  
Globalstar Background  
Globalstar space and ground segments,  
coverage and carriers.  
Appendix B.  
RF Certification/ Restrictions  
Certification compliance and RF  
restrictions for the modem and antenna.  
Appendix C. Warranty  
QUALCOMM warranty information for  
the GSP-1620 modem.  
Appendix D. Product Support  
How to contact QUALCOMM Globalstar  
Customer Service.  
Appendix E.  
Specification Summary  
Quick reference list of hardware  
specifications for the GSP-1620 modem  
and antenna.  
xviii  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
About This Manual  
Notational Conventions  
The following table shows the notational conventions that  
convey specific types of information in this manual.  
Convention  
Description  
Items shown in couriertypeface  
indicate commands, parameters,  
filenames, and directory locations.  
Commands, parameters,  
values, filenames,  
directory locations  
<Non-literal elements>  
Items shown within angle brackets  
and <courier>indicate non-literal  
elements for which you type a  
substitute.  
Menu items and buttons  
Menu items, commands, and buttons  
appear in bold sans serif.  
Dialog box and window titles  
Book titles and section references  
Dialog box and window titles appear in  
bold sans serif.  
Book titles and section references  
appear in italics.  
This symbol identifies “how-to”  
procedure. Follow these steps to  
accomplish a specific task.  
Steps  
1
2
3
This symbol identifies related  
information that deserves emphasis.  
Note  
This symbol identifies a shortcut or  
information that you might find  
handy.  
Tip  
This symbol identifies a potentially  
hazardous situation which, if not  
avoided, could damage equipment or  
property.  
Caution  
Warning  
This symbol and bold text identify  
potential danger, which, if not  
avoided, could cause serious injury or  
death.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
xix  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Abbreviations and Acronyms  
AC  
Alternating Current  
API  
Application Programming Interface  
Attention  
AT  
CCA  
CDMA  
CDR  
CD-ROM  
CE  
Circuit Card Assemblies  
Code Division Multiple Access  
Call Detail Record  
Compact Disc Read-Only Memory  
Community European  
Code of Federal Rules  
Control Port  
CFR  
CP  
CTS  
DC  
Clear To Send  
Direct Current  
DCD  
DCE  
DM  
Data Carrier Detect  
Data Communications Equipment  
Diagnostic Monitor  
DN  
Directory Number  
DNI  
DNS  
DP  
Do Not Install  
Domain Name Server  
Data Port  
DRA  
DSR  
DTE  
DTR  
EIRP  
ESD  
ESN  
FAX  
FCC  
Dielectric Resonator Antenna (see ODU)  
Data Set Ready  
Data Terminating Equipment  
Data Terminal Ready  
Equivalent Isotropic Radiated Power  
Electrostatic Discharge  
Electronic Serial Number  
Facsimile  
Federal Communications Commission  
xx  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
About This Manual  
FDX  
GAI  
Full-Duplex  
Globalstar Air Interface  
geostationary-Earth-orbit  
GEO  
GLP  
GMT  
GND  
GPS  
GW  
Globalstar Limited Partnership  
Greenwich Mean Time  
Ground or Signal Common  
Global Positioning System  
Gateway  
IMSI  
IP  
International Mobile Subscriber Identity  
Internet Protocol  
ISP  
Internet Service Provider  
Interworking Function (Gateway)  
Liquid Crystal Display  
IWF  
LCD  
LEO  
LNA  
MCC  
MCX  
MEO  
MIK  
MNC  
MPE  
MSIN  
MSS  
NAM  
ODU  
OEM  
OSPL  
PC  
low-Earth-orbit  
Low Noise Amplifier  
Mobile Country Code  
Miniature Coaxial Connector  
medium-Earth-orbit  
Modem Integrator’s Kit  
Mobile Network Code  
Maximum Permissible Exposure  
Mobile Station Identification Number  
Mobile Satellite System  
Number Assignment Module  
Outdoor Unit (see DRA)  
Original Equipment Manufacturer  
Overall Sound Pressure Level  
Personal Computer  
PDF  
PDT  
Portable Document File  
Pacific Daylight Time  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
xxi  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
PLS  
POS  
PPP  
PST  
PSTN  
PT  
Position Location Service  
Point of Sale; or Position  
Point-to-Point Protocol  
Pacific Standard Time  
Public Switched Telephone Network  
Pacific Time  
QA  
Quality Assurance  
RF  
Radio Frequency  
RFR  
RI  
Ready For Receive  
Ring Indicator  
RLSD  
RMA  
RSSI  
RTS  
RTU  
RX  
Received Line Signal Detector  
Return Material Authorization  
Received Signal Strength Indicator  
Ready To Send  
Remote Termination Unit  
Receive  
RXD  
SCADA  
SLIP  
SMA  
SMS  
SMT  
SP  
Receive Data  
Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition  
Serial Line Internet Protocol  
Subminiature type “A” Connector  
Short Messaging Service  
Surface Mount Technology  
Service Provider  
SPC  
TCP  
TCXO  
Service Programming Code  
Transmission Control Protocol  
Temperature Compensated Crystal  
Oscillator  
TSS  
TTL  
TX  
Technical Support Specialist  
Transistor Transistor Logic  
Transmit  
xxii  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
About This Manual  
TXD  
Transmit Data  
UCT  
URL  
UT  
Universal Coordinated Time  
Uniform Resource Locator  
User Terminal  
UTC  
UTPST  
VPN  
VSWR  
Universal Time Coordinated  
User Terminal Program Support Tool  
Virtual Private Network  
Voltage Standing Wave Ratio  
Related Documentation  
Globalstar UT Program Support Tool User’s Guide,  
80-98225-1.  
Globalstar User Terminal Service Programming Guide,  
80-98482-1.  
Globalstar UTPST Script API Reference Manual, 80-99114-1.  
QUALCOMM Globalstar Data User Guide, 80-99126-1.  
QUALCOMM Globalstar Modem Operation Monitor User’s  
Guide, 80-99399-1.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
xxiii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Cautions and Warnings  
Before working with the modem hardware or power connections,  
remove rings, watches, and other metallic objects that could cause  
electrical shock or burns.  
Warning  
Use proper electrostatic discharge (ESD) equipment and procedures to  
avoid damage to the modem.  
Caution  
Caution  
Any changes or modifications to this equipment not expressly approved  
in this document could void your warranty and your authority to operate  
this equipment.  
xxiv  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1
GETTING STARTED  
Welcome to the Integrator’s Reference Manual for the  
QUALCOMM Globalstar GSP-1620 Satellite Data Modem.  
The GSP-1620 modem offers data communication solutions,  
particularly for Remote Monitoring and Supervisory Control  
and Data Acquisition (SCADA) applications in locations such  
as power substations, telecommunication concentration  
nodes, oil and gas wells, pipes, and offshore facilities.  
Whether you are an application developer, system integrator,  
or Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM), this  
Integrator’s Reference Manual contains information you need.  
If you want to:  
Go to:  
Bench-set up, connect, and power-up the  
Chapter 2  
GSP-1620 modem in the Modem  
Integrator’s Kit, and get HyperTerminal  
to talk to the modem  
Service-program modems to work with  
your Service Provider (SP) and within the  
Globalstar system  
Chapter 3  
Set up your computer for packet data and  
make a simple packet data call  
Chapter 4  
Chapter 5  
Develop market-specific application  
software to work with the GSP-1620  
modem (using packet data or  
asynchronous data)  
Understand modem AT commands  
Chapter 6  
Chapter 7  
Mount GSP-1620 modems and antennas  
for market-specific OEM products  
(including all hardware and  
environmental specifications)  
Troubleshoot modem problems  
Chapter 8  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
1-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
GSP-1620 Modem Overview  
The QUALCOMM Globalstar GSP-1620 Satellite Data  
Modem delivers reliable digital data communications  
wherever Globalstar data service is available, using  
QUALCOMM’s patented CDMA technology and the  
Globalstar Communications System’s constellation of 48  
low-Earth-orbit (LEO) satellites.  
The GSP-1620 modem handles two kinds of data connections:  
Packet — over the Internet or other TCP/IP  
packet-switched network  
Asynchronous — routed through the Public Switched  
Telephone Network (PSTN) to a destination modem  
QUALCOMM Globalstar packet data service has a lower overhead and  
faster connection time than asynchronous data does. If a SCADA  
application does not specifically need asynchronous data, it should use  
packet data instead.  
Tip  
As an OEM, you directly integrate the GSP-1620 modem into  
a market-specific product, to resell to a business/industrial  
customer.  
For additional information about the Globalstar system, see Globalstar  
Background, page A-1. For information about buying bulk modems from  
QUALCOMM, contact QUALCOMM Globalstar Customer Service as  
described in Appendix D.  
Note  
1-2  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
GettingStarted  
Typical Modem SCADA Applications  
In remote settings or difficult-to-access sites, acquiring and  
responding to process control and alarm data can be  
challenging and costly. For both system integrators and  
OEMs, the QUALCOMM Globalstar GSP-1620 Satellite Data  
Modem provides real-time, low cost, bi-directional data  
communication solution applications in remote locations for  
fixed or mobile use.  
The GSP-1620 modem lets you retrieve data automatically  
from remote sites. Unmanned sensors connected to the  
GSP-1620 modem can monitor remote operations and initiate  
alert notifications.  
Table 1-1 lists some typical Remote Monitoring and  
Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA)  
applications.  
Table 1-1. Typical GSP-1620 Modem Applications  
Electric Utility Industry  
Remote Security Systems  
Monitoring  
Oil and Gas Wells, Tanks,  
Pipelines, Offshore Platforms  
Energy Management  
Water Treatment Plants  
Retail Point of Sale (POS)  
Transactions  
Remote Inventory  
Management  
Remote Banking  
Electronic Billboards  
Agriculture  
Highway Traffic Monitoring  
Aircraft Weather/Messaging  
for Commercial and General  
Aviation  
Figure 1-1 depicts a typical use of the GSP-1620 modem for a  
SCADA application using packet data.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
1-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Figure 1-1. Typical Modem SCADA Application Using Packet Data  
Satellite  
Outdoor Antenna  
Globalstar  
Gateway  
Rx  
Tx  
DCE  
Remote  
DTE  
GSP-1620  
Modem  
SCADA Terminal  
Internet  
Data Port  
Control Port  
Host  
Server  
For packet data connections, the GSP-1620 modem  
essentially functions as a “node” on the Internet and, with its  
fixed or dynamically assigned IP address, can be addressed in  
real time as often as necessary to maintain application  
control over the remote devices.  
Figure 1-2 depicts a typical use of the GSP-1620 modem for a  
SCADA application using asynchronous data.  
1-4  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
GettingStarted  
Figure 1-2. Typical Modem SCADA Application Using  
Asynchronous Data  
Satellite  
Outdoor Antenna  
Globalstar  
Gateway  
Rx  
Tx  
DCE  
Gateway IWF Modem  
Remote  
DTE  
GSP-1620  
Modem  
PSTN  
SCADA Terminal  
Host  
Server  
Data Port  
Control Port  
Host Modem  
For asynchronous data connections, the GSP-1620 modem  
can dial or be dialed by a host modem, connecting through the  
Globalstar Satellite Communications System and the PSTN.  
You can think of the GSP-1620 modem in Figure 1-1 and  
Figure 1-2 as a 9600 bps full duplex satellite modem. The  
modem uses typical Hayes AT commands (see Chapter 6, AT  
Command Reference). Standard RS-232 interfaces facilitate  
ease of use and OEM application integration.  
For either packet or asynchronous connections, OEMs  
provide the host application (server), which uses the  
GSP-1620 modem to communicate with a custom SCADA  
application on data terminating equipment (DTE) at a remote  
site. The host application manages the field processing of  
data and reports process exceptions, performance reports,  
alarm conditions—in short, any data needed from the  
remote site.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
1-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
For example, in the electric utility industry, a SCADA  
application using the GSP-1620 modem could remotely turn  
on a pump, close a switch, open a gate, request a new meter  
reading, monitor line voltage, or report on power outages.  
Conceptual Overview  
Figure 1-3 depicts a conceptual overview of the QUALCOMM  
Globalstar GSP-1620 Satellite Data Modem, including its  
ports and antenna.  
Figure 1-3. Conceptual Diagram of GSP-1620 Modem  
Outdoor  
Antenna  
Rx  
UT Program Support Tool  
(UTPST)  
for service programming  
Tx  
Diagnostic Port  
GSP-1620  
Modem  
Interface Port  
Serial Control Port  
Serial Data Port  
DC Power  
5.6V-16V  
Data  
or AT  
commands  
Modem AT  
commands  
SCADA Application Terminal  
1-6  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
GettingStarted  
The GSP-1620 modem is a bare board “sandwich” stack of  
Circuit Card Assemblies (CCA) containing two boards:  
Globalstar RF board — includes the LNA, RF power amp,  
upconverters and downconverters, TCXO, synthesizers,  
and the remaining power electronics.  
Globalstar Digital board — includes the processor, the  
modem, and some of the power management electronics.  
QUALCOMM offers the GSP-1620 modem without a  
mechanical enclosure, anticipating that OEMs will integrate  
and package the modem with the end-user’s application.  
The GSP-1620 modem operates in the “Globalstar (or  
satellite) data mode only,” as opposed to the GSP-1600  
Tri-Mode Phone, which has additional terrestrial cellular  
(analog and digital) and voice capabilities. The GSP-1620  
modem is powered by an external power source provided by  
the user.  
A weatherproof Dielectric Resonator Antenna (DRA),  
sometimes referred to as an Outdoor Unit (ODU), comes with  
each modem. OEMs provide antenna cables (SMA to MCX  
connectors), to meet customer antenna-cable length needs.  
A single DB-25 (male) connector is used for the user interface  
port. The DB-25 carries DC power, as well as the Data and  
Control RS-232 signals, between the SCADA application  
(DTE) and the modem (DCE).  
A Diagnostic port on the modem allows network provisioning  
(service programming) and software upgrades.  
What’s in the Modem Integrator’s Kit?  
Your GSP-1620 Modem Integrator’s Kit (MIK) is designed to  
help you rapidly develop user applications for GSP-1620  
modems.  
Table 1-2 shows the items contained in your GSP-1620  
Modem Integrator’s Kit (QUALCOMM part number: MCN  
65-82317-1).  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
1-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Table 1-2. Checklist of Modem Integrator’s Kit Components  
Kit Component  
QUALCOMM Globalstar GSP-1620 Satellite Data Modem  
Dielectric Resonating Antenna (DRA)  
Pair of antenna cables with connectors (for quick bench  
setup of the kit modem)  
Custom DB-25 cable bridle, which splits out the DE-9 Data  
Port connector, the DE-9 Control Port connector, and the  
DC power leads (positive, negative, and reset)  
Diagnostic port cable, for service-programming the modem  
or to use as alternate power source via its AC adapter  
GSP-1620 modem CD-ROM containing the following:  
Software code samples for modem applications  
A “soft copy” (PDF file) of this Integrator’s Reference  
Manual  
“CDMA by QUALCOMM” logo in an Encapsulated  
PostScript (EPS) file  
A “soft copy” (PDF file) of the QUALCOMM Globalstar  
Data User Guide, 80-99126-1EN, as a guide for the  
setup of a Windows modem driver and Windows  
Dial-Up Networking.  
Globalstar UT Program Support Tool (UTPST), including:  
CD-ROM containing the UTPST software and a “soft  
copy” (PDF file) of the Globalstar UTPST Script API  
Reference Manual, 80-99114-1  
Globalstar UT Program Support Tool User’s Guide,  
80-98225-1  
Globalstar User Terminal Service Programming  
Guide, 80-98482-1  
1-8  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
GettingStarted  
What You May Need in Addition to the Kit  
The Modem Integrator’s Kit should be sufficient for setting  
up one modem on a bench for development and testing.  
For GSP-1620 modem development purposes (bench setup  
and developing modem applications), it is recommended that  
you have a Windows PC, because the Modem Integrator’s Kit  
CD-ROM contains some Windows code samples.  
If necessary, you can power the modem via the AC adapter on  
the Diagnostic cable, but you may prefer to use your own DC  
power supply. Mounting a bench modem and antenna is  
optional, but would require M3 and M4 screws, respectively,  
and a screwdriver.  
OEMs who are packaging modems into end-user products will  
need to supply mounting enclosures and customized cables.  
For details, see Integrating GSP-1620 Modems into OEM  
Products on page 7-1.  
Configuration and setup of computer systems to use the  
GSP-1620 modem with Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) is  
beyond the scope of this document. However, the  
configuration procedures for the QUALCOMM Globalstar  
GSP-1600 Tri-Mode Phone are included as a reference in the  
QUALCOMM Globalstar Data User Guide, 80-99126-1  
(located on the kit’s CD-ROM). For example, using the  
procedures in that document, you can set up a Windows  
modem driver and Windows Dial-Up Networking. With the  
proper DNS addresses from your Service Provider (SP) or  
Internet Service Provider (ISP), you can access the Internet  
using your GSP-1620 modem via the Globalstar satellite  
system.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
1-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
1-10  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2
QUICK BENCH SET-UP  
Your GSP-1620 Modem Integrator’s Kit contains a  
QUALCOMM Globalstar GSP-1620 Satellite Data Modem.  
This chapter tells how to quickly set up the GSP-1620 modem  
on a test bench so that you can interact with it, including the  
following topics:  
Connecting hardware components as appropriate for a  
bench setup  
Providing power to the modem  
Setting up HyperTerminal to talk to the modem and  
query its status, using modem AT commands  
Keep in mind that the quick bench setup shown in this  
chapter differs from the setup you might use for developing  
applications, integrating modems permanently into OEM  
products, or for field installation.  
For example, in the quick bench setup, you communicate with  
the modem by typing AT commands into HyperTerminal,  
whereas a SCADA application will communicate with the  
modem using AT commands embedded within its code.  
Also, in the quick bench setup, you can use the cables  
provided in the kit to connect to the modem ports and  
antenna, whereas for a SCADA field installation, OEMs will  
make custom cables.  
Examples in this chapter assume you are connecting a Windows PC to  
the modem.  
Note  
For your safety and to avoid potential damage to the equipment,  
observe the Cautions and Warnings on page xxiv.  
Caution  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
2-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Connecting Hardware Components  
The setup process for the GSP-1620 modem includes:  
A quick tour of the modem  
Connecting the modem cables  
Connecting the Interface cable (Data port, Control  
port, power) to the modem and to your PC  
Connecting the antenna cables (Tx, Rx) to the modem  
Connecting the Diagnostic cable (if you want to power  
the modem from its AC adapter, service-program the  
modem, or monitor some modem functions)  
Connecting and mounting the antenna  
Mounting the modem (optional)  
Grounding the system  
Providing power to the modem  
Setting up HyperTerminal to talk to the modem and  
testing your connection  
A Windows PC is recommended for modem bench setup and  
application development. Modems must be service programmed using  
the Globalstar UT Program Support Tool, which is a Windows software  
application.  
Tip  
A Quick Tour of the Modem  
For quick bench set-up, first remove the GSP-1620 modem  
from the GSP-1620 Modem Integrator’s Kit.  
When handling the modem, observe precautions necessary to avoid  
damage by electrostatic discharge (ESD).  
Caution  
Compare the GSP-1620 modem to Figure 2-1. This  
illustration shows the connectors and components you will  
use in the following sections.  
2-2  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Quick Bench Set-Up  
Figure 2-1. Simplified Top View of GSP-1620 Modem  
Mounting hole  
Mounting hole  
Receive (Rx) antenna lead  
connects here (J7)  
Transmit (Tx) antenna lead  
connects here (J3)  
Diagnostic Port  
(Diagnostic cable  
connects here for  
UTPST, AC power  
adapter, or Modem  
Operation Monitor)  
Mounting hole  
Mounting hole  
Mounting hole  
Mounting hole  
:
Interface Port:  
combines Data Port,  
Control Port, and DC Power input  
(Modem Interface Cable from kit  
connects here, or OEMs  
make their own custom cables)  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
2-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Connecting the Modem Cables  
For the GSP-1620 modem to work, you must connect several  
cables:  
Modem interface cable — connects the Data port to a PC,  
connects the Control port to a PC (optional), and connects  
power leads to a DC power supply.  
Antenna cables — connect the transmit (Tx, J3) and  
receive (Rx, J7) leads to the Tx and Rx connectors on the  
Dielectric Resonator Antenna.  
Diagnostic cable — connects the Diagnostic port to a PC  
running the Globalstar UT Program Support Tool  
(UTPST) for modem service programming, or the  
QUALCOMM Globalstar Modem Operation Monitor; can  
also be used as an optional, alternate power supply via its  
AC adapter.  
Connecting the Modem Interface Cable  
Your Modem Integrator’s Kit includes a custom DB-25  
modem interface cable bridle, which connects to the Interface  
port on the modem. The cable bridle splits out the DE-9 Data  
Port and DE-9 Control Port, and the DC power connectors  
(DC POWER, SIG GND, and RESET), as shown in Figure 2-2.  
Figure 2-2. Modem Interface Cable Bridle  
Modem Interface Cable  
"P2-DATA PORT"  
Modem connector  
PC serial connector  
To PC  
"P3-CONTROL"  
PC serial connector  
To modem  
Power connectors:  
"SIG GND" (black)  
"DC POWER" (red)  
"RESET"  
(yellow)  
Open  
(ground to reset)  
To DC power supply  
(user-provided)  
To PC  
2-4  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Quick Bench Set-Up  
TO CONNECT THE INTERFACE CABLE TO THE MODEM  
Steps  
1
2
3
Connect the DB-25 modem connector on the interface  
cable (Figure 2-2) to the interface port on the modem  
(Figure 2-1).  
Do not connect power yet.  
TO CONNECT THE INTERFACE CABLES TO YOUR PC  
Steps  
1
2
3
1. On the interface cable (Figure 2-2), connect the Data port  
connector (labeled “P2-DATA PORT”) to COM 1 or  
another available serial COM port on your PC.  
The Data port transmits packet (PPP) or asynchronous  
data. You can also use it to send AT commands to the  
modem. You will see an example of how this works in  
Chapter 4.  
2. On the interface cable (Figure 2-2), connect the Control  
port connector (labeled “P3-CONTROL”) to COM 2 or  
another available serial COM port on your PC (or a  
different PC, if desired).  
You can use the Control port to send AT commands to the  
modem, without interrupting data flow on the Data port.  
You will see an example of how this works in Chapter 4.  
The Control port can also receive SMS messages; for  
information, see Short Messaging Service (SMS) on page  
5-17.  
If you need to extend the interface cables to reach your PC(s), you can  
use straight RS-232 9-pin serial cables (with no crossovers). For  
maximum RS-232 extension cable lengths, see the TIA/EIA-232-E  
specification.  
Note  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
2-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Connecting Antenna Cables  
The Modem Integrator’s Kit contains two antenna cables (3  
feet long) with snap-in connectors, for connecting the modem  
to the Dielectric Resonator Antenna (DRA). The antenna  
must be located outdoors.  
Due to loss constraints on antenna length (see Calculating  
Antenna Cable Length on page 7-27), if you need to extend the  
kit cables to reach your antenna, it is more practical to locate  
the modem closer to the antenna and extend the modem’s  
serial cables instead. For a tip on how to do this, see  
Connecting and Mounting the Antenna on page 2-9.  
OEMs must supply custom antenna cables for their modem  
applications.  
Either antenna cable in the developer’s kit can be used for transmit or  
receive; however, you must make sure not to cross them. In other  
words, be careful to connect the Tx connector on the antenna to the Tx  
connector (J3) on the modem, and the Rx connector on the antenna to  
the Rx connector (J7) on the modem. Crossing the Tx and Rx cables  
can damage the modem.  
Caution  
TO CONNECT THE ANTENNA CABLES TO THE MODEM  
Steps  
1
2
3
1. Select one antenna cable to be the transmit cable (it does  
not matter which one).  
2. Label both ends of that cable with “Tx.” For example, you  
could write “Tx” on a piece of tape wrapped around each  
end of the cable.  
3. Plug either end of the cable marked “Tx” into the transmit  
(Tx) connector (J3) on the modem, as shown in Figure 2-1.  
4. Plug either end of the unmarked cable into the receive  
(Rx) connector (J7) on the modem, as shown in Figure 2-1.  
2-6  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Quick Bench Set-Up  
Connecting the Diagnostic Cable  
The Diagnostic cable lets you:  
Service-program GSP-1620 modems, using the  
Globalstar User Terminal Program Support Tool  
(UTPST). For more information about the UTPST, see  
UTPST Overview on page 3-2.  
Monitor or verify some modem functions, using the  
QUALCOMM Globalstar Modem Operation Monitor.  
For more information, see the QUALCOMM Globalstar  
Modem Operation Monitor User’s Guide, 80-99399-1.  
The cable includes an optional AC adapter. If a DC power  
supply is not available on your bench, you can power the  
modem with the AC adapter on the Diagnostic cable.  
The Diagnostic cable also includes a switch box that controls  
whether the cable’s DTR (Data Terminal Ready) signal is  
asserted (“POS 1 DTR to GND”) or de-asserted (“POS 2 DTR  
Open” or “POS 3 Not Used”). When DTR is asserted, the  
modem powers up immediately if power is provided. Before  
powering down the modem with this cable attached, you must  
set this switch to “POS 2” or “POS 3.”  
On the switch box, “POS 2 DTR Open” and “POS 3 Not Used” are  
functionally equivalent. Some cables are equipped with a two-position  
switch box and do not have “POS 3.” The switch positions for these  
cables are “POS 1 DTR to GND” (DTR asserted) and “POS 2 DTR  
Open” (DTR de-asserted).  
Note  
Tip  
When the Diagnostic cable is connected but you are not using the  
UTPST to service-program the modem, leave the Diagnostic cable  
switch in the “POS 2 DTR Open” (de-asserted) position.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
2-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Figure 2-3. Modem Diagnostic Cable  
PC Connector  
"P1 - PC"  
Modem connector  
"P2 - module"  
Lock ring  
AC Wall  
adapter  
Power  
connector  
Locking  
threads  
POS 2  
DTR OPEN  
POS 1  
POS 3  
DTR to GRD  
NOT USED  
DTR Switch box  
005AA_01  
Table 2-1. DTR Switch Positions  
Position  
POS 1  
POS 2  
POS 3  
Switch Label  
DTR to GND  
DTR Open  
Not Used  
Effect  
DTR is asserted.  
DTR is de-asserted.  
DTR is de-asserted  
(equivalent to POS 2).  
Note: Some cables are equipped with a  
two-position switch box and do not  
have “POS 3.” The switch positions for  
these cables are “POS 1 DTR to GND”  
(DTR asserted) and “POS 2 DTR  
Open” (DTR de-asserted).  
2-8  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Quick Bench Set-Up  
TO CONNECT THE DIAGNOSTIC PORT CABLE  
Steps  
1
2
3
1. Connect the DE-9 modem connector (“P2-Module”) on the  
Diagnostic cable (Figure 2-3) to the 9-pin Diagnostic port  
on the modem (Figure 2-1).  
2. Connect the DE-9 PC connector (“P1-PC”) on the  
Diagnostic cable to a COM port on your computer.  
3. Locate the switch on the cable, and set it to “POS 1 DTR  
to GND.”  
Do not plug in the AC wall adapter yet. For information  
about powering the modem, see Providing Power to the  
Modem on page 2-12.  
Connecting and Mounting the Antenna  
The GSP-1620 modem uses a Dielectric Resonator Antenna  
(DRA) with a passive transmit and an active receive section.  
The transmit (Tx) and receive (Rx) connectors are labeled on  
the base of the antenna.  
Since the antenna communicates with Globalstar satellites, it  
must be positioned outdoors where it has a clear view of the  
sky, unimpeded by tall obstacles such as buildings and trees.  
Antenna cable length is limited, due to insertion loss and potential  
emission problems. For details, see Antenna Cable Specifications on  
page 7-25 and Calculating Antenna Cable Length on page 7-27.  
Caution  
Tip  
For a quick setup, you may want to mount the antenna on top of a  
water-tight box on your roof. Mount the modem inside the box, then run  
extension cables (straight RS-232 9-pin serial cables with no  
crossovers) for the power and serial connectors to your indoor bench.  
(For maximum RS-232 extension cable lengths, see the TIA/EIA-232-E  
specification.) A box setup lets you use the antenna cables from the kit,  
without worrying about antenna cable length.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
2-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Figure 2-4. Antenna Base Showing Connectors  
O-Ring groove  
RX Antenna connector  
(labeled on antenna base)  
TX Antenna connector  
(labeled on antenna base)  
TO MOUNT THE ANTENNA  
Steps  
1
2
3
1. Locate the antenna outdoors where it has a clear view of  
the sky. Make sure the antenna is close enough to the  
modem that you can use the antenna cables provided in  
the Modem Integrator’s Kit.  
The antenna must have a clear view of the sky to get a  
strong signal.  
2. Plug the antenna cable that you labeled “Tx” into the  
transmit connector (also labeled Tx) on the antenna  
(Figure 2-4). Make sure the other end of the cable is  
connected to the J3 connector on the modem.  
You must be careful to connect the Tx connector on the antenna to the  
Tx connector on the modem, and the Rx connector on the antenna to  
the Rx connector on the modem. Crossing the Tx and Rx cables can  
damage the modem.  
Caution  
2-10  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Quick Bench Set-Up  
3. Plug the other antenna cable into the receive (Rx)  
connector on the antenna.  
4. Secure the antenna to a flat surface using six M4 screws  
through the six mounting holes. To prevent moisture and  
dirt from getting underneath the antenna and onto the  
connectors, you can use an O-ring (2.050 inches in  
diameter by 0.103 inch wide, silicone or ethylene-  
propylene) if the mounting surface is smooth, or adhesive  
caulking if the surface is rough.  
For complete details about sealing the antenna to a flat mounting  
surface, or for information about mounting antennas on poles, see  
Mounting Antennas at the Field Site on page 7-27.  
Note  
Mounting the Modem  
For quick bench set-up, you probably do not need to mount  
the modem to a surface or in an enclosure, as it would be  
mounted in an OEM product for use in the field.  
If you do wish to fasten the modem to a rigid structure, you  
will need six M3 screws (see mounting holes in Figure 2-1).  
For details, see Modem Mounting Guidelines on page 7-19.  
For details on acceptable environmental conditions for the  
modem, see Environmental Specifications on page 7-30.  
For a tip on how to mount the modem and antenna using a  
box, see Connecting and Mounting the Antenna on page 2-9.  
Grounding the System  
You have several options for grounding the modem; see  
Grounding on page 7-18.  
The RF connector ground is the same as the signal and power ground.  
Incorrectly wiring these grounds could cause ground loops in the final  
installation.  
Caution  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
2-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Providing Power to the Modem  
The GSP-1620 modem requires input DC power of 5.6 V to  
16 V, 1 Amp (maximum), with a maximum of 50 mV  
peak-peak ripple and noise.  
Using the contents of the Modem Integrator’s Kit, you can  
power your bench modem in two ways:  
Use the AC adapter on the Diagnostic cable  
Use an optional DC power supply connected to the  
Interface cable bridle — this allows you to monitor exact  
power levels  
The use of a fuse is strongly recommended in the DC power  
2
2
supply. A fuse with a minimum melting I t rating of 0.02 A  
seconds will be sufficient. For complete details about DC  
power requirements and power supply impedances, see DC  
Power on page 7-15.  
For a quick bench setup or service programming, consider just using the  
provided AC adapter to power the modem.  
Tip  
You CANNOT have both a DC power supply and the AC adapter  
connected to the modem at the same time. This may cause the modem  
to fail to power up and may damage the modem.  
Caution  
The following power-on procedure is suitable for a bench setup.  
However, if you are developing modem applications, follow the  
power-on process explained in Power-On on page 7-17.  
Note  
2-12  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Quick Bench Set-Up  
TO POWER THE MODEM USING THE KIT’S AC ADAPTER  
Steps  
1
2
3
1. On the Modem Interface cable bridle (shown in Figure  
2-2), locate the DC POWER (red) and SIG GND (black)  
connectors. Then electrically isolate each connector by  
capping or taping it.  
Since you will be using the AC adapter instead of a DC  
power supply, it is important to isolate the DC power  
connectors to prevent shock.  
2. On the Modem Interface cable bridle (shown in Figure  
2-2), locate the RESET lead (yellow). Electrically isolate  
the RESET lead by capping or taping it.  
The RESET lead is designed to reset the GSP-1620  
modem whenever it is grounded for five seconds.  
Electrically isolating the lead prevents it from grounding  
and inadvertently resetting the modem.  
3. Locate the power connector in the middle of the  
Diagnostic cable (as shown in Figure 2-3), then plug the  
the AC wall adapter cable into the power connector.  
4. Tighten the lock ring on the adapter cable onto the  
locking threads of the power connector, so the adapter  
plug remains firmly seated in the power connector.  
The lock ring prevents the adapter cable and Diagnostic  
cable from inadvertently disconnecting and interrupting  
power to the modem.  
5. Make sure the switch on the Diagnostic cable is set to  
“POS 1 DTR to GND.”  
When this switch is set to “POS 1 DTR to GND,” DTR is  
asserted on the Diagnostic cable and the modem will  
power up immediately when power is applied.  
6. Plug the AC wall adapter (as shown in Figure 2-3) into an  
AC power wall outlet.  
You are now ready to use the modem.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
2-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
To power off the GSP-1620 modem, set the DTR switch to “POS 2 DTR  
Caution  
Open,” wait at least 10 seconds, and then disconnect power. Setting the  
DTR switch to “POS 2” allows the modem to gracefully shut down. If the  
modem is powered off without allowing it to go through its shutdown  
sequence, some service programming values may be lost.  
TO POWER THE MODEM USING AN OPTIONAL DC POWER  
SUPPLY  
Steps  
1
2
3
1. Obtain an optional DC power supply, making sure that it  
meets the specifications described at the beginning of this  
section.  
2. On the Modem Interface cable bridle (shown in Figure  
2-2), locate the RESET lead (yellow). Electrically isolate  
the RESET lead by capping or taping it.  
The RESET lead is designed to reset the GSP-1620  
modem whenever it is grounded for five seconds.  
Electrically isolating the lead prevents it from grounding  
and inadvertently resetting the modem.  
3. Plug the DC POWER (red) and SIG GND (black) leads  
from the Modem Interface cable bridle into your DC  
power source.  
4. Turn on the power supply.  
You are now ready to use the modem.  
2-14  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Quick Bench Set-Up  
Setting Up HyperTerminal to Talk to the Modem  
To talk to the modem you will need HyperTerminal or a  
similar program on your computer. If you are using an  
operating system other than Windows, you can use any  
application that can talk to a serial port.  
For bench setup, you probably want to run HyperTerminal on the  
computer connected to the Control port of the modem. For testing  
purposes, you can run two different HyperTerminal sessions, one  
connected to the Control port and one connected to the Data port.  
Note  
TO SET UP HYPERTERMINAL AND CONNECT TO THE MODEM  
Steps  
1
2
3
1. Set up HyperTerminal with the correct port and speed  
information for the appropriate port (or both ports, if you  
have two HyperTerminal sessions).  
The following are the recommended HyperTerminal  
settings for the Control and Data ports:  
Name  
Control port: GSP1620_Control  
Data port: GSP1620_Data  
Connect using  
Bits per second  
Computer COM port connected to  
modem Control port or Data port  
Control port: 9600 (fixed)  
Data port: 38400 (default, but can  
vary from 300 to 115200)  
Data bits  
Parity  
8
None  
Stop bits  
Flow control  
1
Control port: None  
Data port: Hardware (default and  
recommended, but can vary from  
None to Software)  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
2-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
2. In HyperTerminal, click OK to accept the settings.  
HyperTerminal automatically attempts to connect to the  
modem, and the modem powers on when HyperTerminal  
asserts the RS-232 DTR signal. Once it has connected you  
should see the following within a few seconds:  
SELF TEST RESULT: OK  
Note: The SELF TEST RESULTmessage appears only  
during modem power-up. If the Diagnostic cable has been  
connected and its switch is set to “POS 1 DTR to GND,”  
then the modem has already powered up. In that case,  
proceed to step 3 without waiting for the message.  
3. Type ATand press Enter.  
If the HyperTerminal port connection is correctly  
configured, the modem should respond with:  
OK  
You can connect to the modem at any time by clicking HyperTerminal’s  
Connect button.  
Tip  
Testing the Modem Setup  
To ensure that the modem was set up correctly and that the  
ports are working, you can check the following:  
Control port baud rate  
Data port baud rate  
2-16  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Quick Bench Set-Up  
TO CHECK THE BAUD RATE ON THE CONTROL PORT  
Steps  
1
2
3
1. Look at the Status bar at the bottom of the  
HyperTerminal window.  
It should read “9600 8-N-1.” The Control port has a fixed  
baud rate of 9600. Be sure HyperTerminal is configured  
accordingly.  
2. To confirm that HyperTerminal can communicate with  
the modem, type ATand press Enter.  
The modem should respond with:  
OK  
TO CHECK THE BAUD RATE ON THE DATA PORT  
Steps  
1
2
3
From HyperTerminal (probably on the Control port),  
type:  
AT+IPR?and press Enter.  
The modem should respond with the following:  
+IPR:38400(or whatever the current baud rate is)  
38400 is the default setting for the Data port. If you  
change the baud rate setting for the modem’s Data port,  
be sure to configure HyperTerminal accordingly.  
You can enter AT+IPR?on either the Control port or the Data port, but  
it always responds with the baud rate of the Data port.  
Note  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
2-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Resetting or Powering Off the Modem  
This section suggests some procedures suitable for resetting  
or powering off your bench modem.  
If you are developing modem applications, you should  
consider additional issues for these topics, in the following  
sections: DTR/DSR Signal and Power On/Off on page 7-7,  
Power-Off on page 7-18, Hard Power Reset on page 7-18.  
TO RESET THE MODEM  
Steps  
1
2
3
1. On the Modem Interface cable bridle (shown in Figure  
2-2), locate the RESET lead (yellow).  
2. Ground the RESET lead for at least five seconds to reset  
the modem.  
When you are not using the RESET lead, cap or tape it to isolate it  
electrically. This prevents it from grounding and inadvertently resetting  
the modem.  
Tip  
TO POWER OFF THE MODEM  
Steps  
1
2
3
1. If you are running a HyperTerminal session, disconnect  
from the modem by clicking HyperTerminal’s Disconnect  
button.  
2. Disconnect or close all other applications accessing the  
modem’s serial ports (such as another HyperTerminal  
session or the Globalstar User Terminal Program  
Support Tool [UTPST]). It is not necessary to physically  
unplug the Modem Interface cable or Diagnostic cable  
from the modem.  
2-18  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Quick Bench Set-Up  
3. If the Diagnostic cable is connected to the modem, set the  
switch to “POS 2 DTR Open.”  
When this switch is set to “POS 2,” DTR is de-asserted on  
the Diagnostic cable and the modem begins its shutdown  
sequence.  
4. Wait at least ten seconds for the modem to perform  
shutdown operations and save information in memory.  
The modem powers off approximately nine seconds after  
all ports are disconnected (including the Diagnostic port  
via the switch on the Diagnostic cable).  
5. You can now safely disconnect the power supply from the  
modem.  
Do not unplug the power cables while the modem is powered up,  
or while the switch on the Diagnostic cable is in “POS 1.” This can  
cause ESD damage to the modem and also presents a danger of  
electrical shock.  
Warning  
When the Diagnostic cable is connected but you are not using the  
UTPST to service-program the modem, leave the Diagnostic cable  
switch set to “POS 2.”  
Tip  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
2-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Where to Go Next  
Now that the GSP-1620 modem has power and you can  
communicate with it, here is where to go next:  
To do this:  
Go to:  
Service-program the modem to work  
Chapter 3  
within the Globalstar system and with  
your Service Provider  
Check whether the modem has Globalstar  
service  
Make a simple packet data call from the  
modem, over-the-air  
Chapter 4  
Develop software applications to work  
with GSP-1620 modem features,  
Chapter 5  
including Data and Control ports, Short  
Messaging Service, Globalstar alerts,  
position location determination, packet  
data, IP addressing, dormant mode,  
asynchronousdata, mobile-originatedand  
mobile-terminated data calls  
Refer to syntax, descriptions, and values  
for supported AT commands  
Chapter 6  
Chapter 7  
Integrate GSP-1620 modems into  
market-specific OEM products  
Refer to a hardware description of the  
modem, including mechanical  
descriptions, specifications, user  
interfaces, port signaling and pinouts,  
and grounding  
Mount modems in enclosures  
Mount antennas on-site  
Refer to modem hardware and  
environmental specifications  
2-20  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3
SERVICE-PROGRAMMING MODEMS  
QUALCOMM Globalstar GSP-1620 Satellite Data Modems  
work within the Globalstar satellite system, using “airtime”  
offered by a Service Provider (SP). To operate, each GSP-1620  
modem must be service programmed, meaning that certain  
key parameters (such as the Globalstar IMSI) must be  
configured to work with the SP.  
For service programming, you connect the modem’s  
Diagnostic port to a Windows 98/NT/2000 PC, using the  
Diagnostic cable included in the Modem Integrator’s Kit. On  
the PC, you run the Globalstar User Terminal Program  
Support Tool (UTPST), which is included in your Modem  
Integrator’s Kit.  
This chapter discusses how to coordinate with your SP to  
service-program GSP-1620 modems, including the following  
topics:  
UTPST overview  
Using the UTPST  
Re-programming default parameters  
Bulk-programming modems  
Upgrading modem software  
This chapter does not discuss how to install the UTPST  
software, nor does it provide complete details on how to use  
the UTPST.  
For detailed UTPST information, see the Globalstar UT Program  
Support Tool User’s Guide (80-98225-1) in your kit. For details about all  
service programming parameters, see the Globalstar User Terminal  
Service Programming Guide (80-98482-1).  
Note  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
3-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
UTPST Overview  
The Globalstar User Terminal Program Support Tool  
(UTPST) lets you view, change, and save information  
pertaining to a Globalstar User Terminal (modem or phone).  
You can:  
Configure system settings (that is, service program),  
either directly via the UTPST’s graphical user interface,  
or by writing scripts that access the UTPST’s Scripting  
API.  
Save configuration settings to a UTPST file or open them  
from a file.  
Swap or transfer configuration settings from one modem  
to another.  
Configure and generate summary data files.  
View modem information or statistics.  
Upgrade modem software.  
To order Globalstar User Terminal Program Support Tools  
(QUALCOMM part number: MCN 64-C1005-4), contact QUALCOMM  
Globalstar Customer Service, as described in Appendix D.  
Note  
Using the UTPST  
This section tells how to connect the Diagnostic cable to a  
modem in preparation for using the UTPST.  
TO CONNECT A MODEM TO A PC FOR USING THE UTPST  
Steps  
1
2
3
1. Connect the Diagnostic cable to the Diagnostic port on the  
modem and to an available COM port on your PC, as  
shown in Connecting the Diagnostic Cable on page 2-7.  
3-2  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Service-ProgrammingModems  
2. Make sure the power connectors of the Modem Interface  
cable are not connected to a DC power supply.  
3. Make sure the switch on the Diagnostic cable is set to  
“POS 1 DTR to GND.”  
When this switch is set to “POS 1,” DTR is asserted on the  
Diagnostic cable and the modem will power up  
immediately when power is applied.  
4. Connect the AC adapter to the Diagnostic cable and to an  
AC outlet, as shown in Providing Power to the Modem on  
page 2-12.  
If you use the AC wall adapter for service programming the modem,  
make sure the power connectors of the Modem Interface cable are not  
connected to a DC power supply. You CANNOT have both a DC power  
supply and the AC adapter connected to the modem at the same time.  
This may cause the modem to fail to power up and may damage the  
modem.  
Caution  
TO INSTALL, RUN, AND USE THE UTPST  
Steps  
Note  
1
2
3
See the Globalstar UT Program Support Tool User’s  
Guide (80-98225-1) in your kit for detailed information.  
Connecting the UTPST to a modem requires you to enter a valid  
six-digit Service Programming Code (SPC). Use the default SPC  
(six zeros: 000000)unless you have been given another one.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
3-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Re-programming Default Parameters  
A GSP-1620 modem leaves the factory with a default set of  
service programming parameters. Before the modem can be  
activated in the field, you must re-program some of those  
defaults with valid activation values for the modem’s  
particular Service Provider (SP), country, and Gateway.  
The first time you use the UTPST, or before you re-program any values,  
make a backup copy of the UTPST parameter file.  
Caution  
Refer to Table 3-1 for a list of key parameters you must set,  
then ask your SP for the values to program.  
All parameters not mentioned in Table 3-1 are set either to a  
factory default value or to a value specified by the Service  
Provider. The modem will operate with those default values,  
but you could also re-program them, as desired, if your  
Service Provider so directs.  
Service programming parameters are stored in the modem’s  
non-volatile memory. If you connect the Diagnostic cable to the modem  
and use the UTPST to change any parameters, it is important that you  
de-assert the cable’s DTR (via “POS 2” on the cable’s switch) and wait  
at least ten seconds before disconnecting power to the modem.  
Otherwise, the service programming information may not be saved in  
memory. See TO POWER OFF THE MODEM on page 2-18.  
Caution  
For more information about all service programming parameters,  
including defaults and value ranges, see the Globalstar User Terminal  
Service Programming Guide (80-98482-1).  
Tip  
3-4  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Service-ProgrammingModems  
Table 3-1. Service Programming Parameters You Must Set  
Parameter /  
Default  
Description  
Action Required  
for the Modem to Operate  
Globalstar IMSI  
(Mobile Country  
The 3-digit Mobile Country Code Re-program this parameter from  
(MCC) component of the  
the factory default setting to a  
valid MCC, in accordance with  
the activating SP’s instructions.  
Code component) Globalstar International Mobile  
Subscriber Identity (IMSI). The  
MCC component of the IMSI is  
Where in UTPST:  
Globalstar NAM dialog  
generally the same as the Home  
Service Provider MCC (but could  
be different based on the  
Factory default:  
Unprogrammed  
activating SP’s requirements).  
Globalstar IMSI  
(Mobile Network  
The 1- to 3- digit Mobile Network Re-program this parameter from  
Code (MNC) component of the  
the factory default setting to a  
valid MCC in accordance with  
the activating SP’s instructions.  
Code component) Globalstar IMSI. The MNC  
component of the IMSI is  
generally the same as the Home  
Where in UTPST:  
Globalstar NAM dialog  
Service Provider MNC (but could  
be different based on the  
Factory default:  
Unprogrammed  
activating SP’s requirements).  
Globalstar IMSI  
(Mobile Station  
Identification  
The mobile station identification  
Re-program this parameter from  
number (MSIN) component of the the factory default setting to a  
Globalstar IMSI.  
valid MSIN in accordance with  
the activating SP’s instructions.  
Number (MSIN)  
Where in UTPST:  
Globalstar NAM dialog  
Factory default:  
Unprogrammed  
Globalstar Home The home gateway channel on  
Re-program this parameter from  
Gateway Channel which the modem should look for the factory default setting to a  
service. Can be a value from 1  
through 124.  
valid Home Gateway channel in  
accordance with the activating  
SP’s instructions.  
Factory default:  
Unprogrammed  
Where in UTPST:  
Globalstar NAM dialog  
Globalstar Home A numerical identifier  
Re-program this parameter from  
Gateway ID  
representing the Globalstar Home the factory default setting to a  
Gateway.  
valid Home Gateway ID in  
accordance with the activating  
SP’s instructions.  
Factory default:  
Unprogrammed  
Where in UTPST:  
Globalstar NAM dialog  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
3-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Table 3-1. Service Programming Parameters You Must Set  
(continued)  
Parameter /  
Default  
Description  
Action Required  
for the Modem to Operate  
Globalstar Home The 3-digit mobile country code  
Re-program his parameter from  
the factory default setting to a  
valid Globalstar Home Service  
Service Provider  
Mobile Country  
Code (MCC)  
(MCC) representing the Home  
Service Provider. Typically, the  
Globalstar Home Service Provider Provider MCC.  
MCC is the same as the MCC  
Where in UTPST:  
component of the Globalstar IMSI  
Globalstar NAM dialog  
the SP’s requirements).  
(but could be different based on  
Factory default:  
Unprogrammed  
Globalstar Home The 1- to 3-digit mobile network  
Re-program his parameter from  
the factory default setting to a  
Service Provider  
Mobile Network  
Code (MNC)  
code (MCC) representing the  
Home Service Provider. Typically, valid Globalstar Home Service  
the Globalstar Home Service  
Provider MCN is the same as the  
MCN component of the Globalstar  
IMSI (but could be different based  
on the SP’s requirements).  
Provider MNC.  
Where in UTPST:  
Globalstar NAM dialog  
Factory default:  
Unprogrammed  
Preferred Service The Preferred Service Provider  
Specify a Home Service Provider  
Provider (Home  
MCC and MNC is the same as the MCC and MNC.  
Service Provider) Globalstar MCC and MNC defined  
earlier.  
Where in UTPST:  
Service Providers dialog  
Factory default:  
Unprogrammed  
3-6  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Service-ProgrammingModems  
Bulk-Programming Modems  
If you need to service-program modems in bulk, for instance  
to be shipped with OEM market products, you have several  
options for how to do this, as shown in Table 3-2.  
Table 3-2. Bulk Service-Programming Options  
For More Information  
Programming Option  
Program each modem individually, using the  
UTPST’s graphical user interface.  
See the Globalstar UT Program  
Support Tool User’s Guide,  
(80-98225-1), Chapter 5,  
“Configuring Phone Settings”; and  
the Globalstar User Terminal  
Service Programming Guide  
(80-98482-1).  
Program one modem, save the settings to a file,  
then re-program the remaining modems by  
reading in the file using the UTPST.  
(Note: Some manual programming would still be  
required, for example to enter the IMSI for each  
modem.)  
See the Globalstar UT Program  
Support Tool User’s Guide, Chapter  
5, “Configuring Phone Settings,”  
and Chapter 6, “Saving and  
Transferring Phone Settings.”  
Write scripts using the UTPST’s Application  
Programming Interface (API). The UTPST  
Scripting API is a library of functions that access  
the data items on a modem directly, without  
interacting with the UTPST user interface.  
See the Globalstar UTPST Script  
API Reference Manual  
(80-99114-1).  
For instance, you could write a script that reads  
configuration values from a database, then use the  
UTPST Scripting API to write those values to  
modems.  
Use another process as required by the activating  
Service Provider.  
Ask your Service Provider for  
details.  
Upgrading Modem Software  
Sometimes it might be desirable or necessary to upgrade the  
software on a GSP-1620 modem. The modem contains two  
different kinds of software:  
Main application software — contains the true  
application code for the modem. All Globalstar-specific  
code, user interface code, and modem code resides in the  
application software.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
3-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Boot block software — contains a minimal set of  
functionality needed to “boot” the modem (get it started).  
Most software upgrades are application upgrades. Upgrading  
the boot block software is rarely required.  
Once you obtain a software upgrade file from QUALCOMM  
Globalstar Customer Service, you can use the UTPST to load  
it onto the modem.  
TO DETERMINE THE MODEM’S CURRENT SOFTWARE VERSION  
Steps  
1
2
3
1. Connect your PC to the modem as described in Using the  
UTPST on page 3-2 and run the UTPST.  
2. In the UTPST’s Phone menu, select Show Phone  
Information.  
The Phone Information dialog appears, including the UT  
Software Version Information, for example, “R5.2.0.”  
TO UPGRADE MODEM SOFTWARE  
Steps  
1
2
3
1. Obtain a software upgrade file from QUALCOMM  
Globalstar Customer Service. To contact Customer  
Service, see Appendix D.  
2. Connect your PC to the modem and run the UTPST.  
3. Follow the procedures documented in the Globalstar UT  
Program Support Tool User’s Guide, Chapter 8,  
“Upgrading Phone Software.”  
Upgrading boot block software requires you to short two pins on a  
jumper on the modem. See the illustration and instructions in Chapter 8  
of the Globalstar UT Program Support Tool User’s Guide.  
Note  
3-8  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4
MAKING SIMPLE DATA CALLS  
This chapter is essentially a quick tutorial that demonstrates  
making simple packet data calls from the QUALCOMM  
Globalstar GSP-1620 Satellite Data Modem, including the  
following topics:  
Checking modem status  
Making simple packet data calls  
Making a call from the Data port  
Entering Online-Command mode  
This chapter assumes that you have connected your modem  
as described in Chapter 2 and configured necessary service  
programming parameters as described in Chapter 3.  
In addition, examples in this chapter assume you have a  
Windows PC connected to the modem, where Windows deals  
with the TCP/IP and PPP protocols. When you develop  
embedded SCADA applications, you can use off-the-shelf  
protocol stacks or write your own.  
For more detailed information about making packet data calls, see  
Using Packet Data on page 5-21. For information about making  
asynchronous data calls, see Using Asynchronous Data on page 5-30.  
Note  
Checking Modem Status  
As you test a GSP-1620 modem and develop applications for  
it, you will often find it helpful to check the modem’s status.  
The AT$QCSTATUS command provides important information  
about the modem, including whether it can “see” the  
Globalstar Gateway, how strong the Globalstar signal is,  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
4-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
whether the modem has registered with the Gateway, and the  
current call state.  
In this case, you will be able to tell whether the modem has  
been connected and service programmed properly, and thus  
has Globalstar satellite service to the Gateway.  
TO CHECK MODEM STATUS  
Steps  
1
2
3
1. Make sure that the Control port is disconnected, either  
physically or by clicking the Disconnect button in a  
HyperTerminal session connected to it.  
2. Open a HyperTerminal session connected to the Data  
port as described in Setting Up HyperTerminal to Talk to  
the Modem on page 2-15, then type:  
AT$QCSTATUS <Enter>  
The modem should respond with a status report similar  
to the following:  
SERVICE AVAILABLE: YES  
SERVICE MODE:GLOBALSTAR  
PROVIDER:<your Service Provider’s name>  
GATEWAY:<your Gateway’s number>  
RSSI:<a number from 1 to 4>  
REGISTRATION:<YES>  
ROAMING:<NO>  
CALL STATE:<IDLE>  
CALL TYPE:  
CALL DURATION:<0 or duration of last/current call>  
CALL NUMBER:<number>  
BATTERY CHARGE:<percentage>  
OK  
Service Status  
Brief Description  
SERVICE  
AVAILABLE  
YES if the modem has acquired Globalstar  
service; otherwise NO.  
SERVICE MODE  
PROVIDER  
Current service mode (e.g., Globalstar).  
Current Service Provider.  
GATEWAY  
Gateway number (in decimal).  
4-2  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Making Simple Data Calls  
Service Status  
Brief Description  
RSSI  
Received signal strength, from 0 (no signal)  
to 4 (strong signal).  
REGISTRATION  
Current registration status of the modem  
with the Gateway: NO (not registered) or  
YES (registered)  
ROAMING  
YES if roaming. NO otherwise.  
Current call state, e.g., IDLE.  
CALL STATE  
CALL TYPE  
Service Option being used in the current  
call (such as TIA_PPP, TIA_ASYNC,  
Markov, Loopback; or blank when no call is  
in progress).  
CALL DURATION  
CALL NUMBER  
Duration of the ongoing call or the last  
completed call.  
Most recently called or currently calling  
number.  
BATTERY CHARGE  
Percentage of battery life remaining.  
If the modem and antenna have been set up and service  
programmed correctly, SERVICE AVAILABLEshould say YES,  
RSSIshould show a signal strength number other than 0, and  
REGISTRATIONshould be YES. If the modem has service and is  
registered, you can make packet data calls. If not, see  
Chapter 8, Troubleshooting.  
For more information about the modem status elements returned  
by the AT$QCSTATUScommand, see Service Status ($QCSTATUS) on  
page 6-62.  
Tip  
Making Simple Packet Data Calls  
This section shows how to make simple mobile-originated  
packet data calls from the GSP-1620 modem by sending an  
AT command from HyperTerminal to the Data port.  
In the process, you get a brief introduction to using the  
modem’s Data and Control ports.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
4-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
For complete details about making calls and understanding modem port  
arbitration issues, see Developing Modem Applications on page 5-1.  
Tip  
Making a Call from the Data Port  
You can make a data call by entering AT commands in  
HyperTerminal connected to the modem’s Data port. You will  
be able to see the packets streaming, just as a demonstration  
that the modem can make a packet data call.  
TO MAKE A PACKET DATA CALL USING AT COMMANDS ON THE  
DATA PORT  
Steps  
1
2
3
1. Make sure HyperTerminal is set up on the PC connected  
to the modem’s Data port, as described in Setting Up  
HyperTerminal to Talk to the Modem on page 2-15.  
2. If HyperTerminal is connected to the modem on its  
Control Port, you must disconnect it before you can type  
AT commands on the Data port. You can leave the cable  
plugged into the Control port, but disconnect from the  
Control port using HyperTerminal (click the Phone icon).  
3. In HyperTerminal, initiate the call on the Data port by  
typing ATD#777.  
#777 is a special number that tells the modem to establish  
a packet data call. HyperTerminal responds with  
CONNECT. You will see random characters streaming on  
the screen, with an initial tilde “~” character to indicate  
that this is packet data.  
4-4  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Making Simple Data Calls  
Entering Online-Command Mode  
While a packet data call is in progress on the Data port (the  
modem is in Online mode), you can interrupt the data stream  
so the modem will respond to AT commands. This puts the  
modem into Online-Command mode.  
TO ENTER ONLINE-COMMAND MODE  
Steps  
1
2
3
1. While the data call is in progress on the Data port, in  
HyperTerminal, type this escape sequence: +++.  
HyperTerminal responds with OK.  
2. Type AT$QCSTATUS <Enter>.  
The modem responds with a status report. Notice that the  
CALL TYPEfield reads TIA_PPP, indicating that the data  
call is still in progress.  
3. To terminate the call, type ATH <Enter>.  
For more information about Online-Command mode, see Change from  
Online to Online-Command Mode (+++) on page 6-40.  
Tip  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
4-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
4-6  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5
DEVELOPING MODEM APPLICATIONS  
This chapter discusses developing market-specific software  
applications to work with the QUALCOMM Globalstar  
GSP-1620 Satellite Data Modem, particularly Remote  
Monitoring and Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition  
(SCADA) applications.  
A GSP-1620 modem functions as a 9600 bps full duplex  
satellite modem. Applications communicate with the modem  
using standard “Hayes Modem” AT commands, or  
initialization strings.  
This chapter includes the following topics:  
Recommended development tools  
SCADA application components  
Packet/asynchronous data overview  
Modem application scenarios  
Working with modem features (including using Data and  
Control ports, Globalstar satellite service, Short  
Messaging Service, Globalstar alerts, and position  
location determination)  
Using packet data (including networking software and  
PPP sessions, IP addressing, dormant mode,  
mobile-originated and mobile-terminated packet data  
calls, and roaming)  
Using asynchronous data (including mobile-originated  
and mobile-terminated asynchronous data calls,  
accessing packet data over an asynchronous connection,  
and roaming)  
Typical modem initialization strings  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
5-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
For complete reference information about all modem-supported AT  
commands, including syntax, descriptions, default values, and results  
Note  
returned, see Chapter 6, AT Command Reference.  
Recommended Development Tools  
The following tools are recommended for developing  
GSP-1620 modem applications:  
A Windows computer — because the Modem Integrator’s  
Kit CD-ROM contains code samples for Windows  
HyperTerminal (or any program that talks to a serial  
port) for testing AT command strings  
Perl — because the code samples on the CD are written in  
Perl; however, you can use whatever programming  
language you choose (for example, C)  
The CD-ROM in your Modem Integrator’s Kit contains code samples for  
some typical modem application initialization strings.  
Tip  
SCADA Application Components  
Working with a GSP-1620 modem, a SCADA application can  
retrieve process control and alarm data automatically from  
remote sites, using unmanned sensors to monitor operations  
and initiate alert notifications.  
Figure 5-1 shows the basic components of a SCADA or OEM  
application that sits on top of the modem’s software, where:  
The modem serves as the DCE (data communications  
equipment) at the remote site.  
Your SCADA application serves as the DTE (data  
terminating equipment) at the remote site,  
communicating with software in the modem through AT  
commands sent to either the modem’s Control or Data  
ports.  
5-2  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Developing Modem Applications  
Data flows to and from the modem over-the-air, using the  
Globalstar satellites and Gateways connected to the  
Internet (for packet data) or to the PSTN (for  
asynchronous data).  
A host application (server) manages remote sites (DTEs);  
for example a host application might manage data from  
numerous remote oil or gas wells.  
Figure 5-1. DCE - DTE Application Components  
Satellite  
Outdoor Antenna  
Globalstar  
Gateway  
Rx  
Tx  
GSP-1620  
Modem  
DCE  
Internet (for PPP data)  
or  
PSTN (for async data)  
Interface Port  
Control Port  
(modem AT commands)  
Data Port  
(Data or AT commands)  
Host  
Server  
SCADA Terminal  
(running your  
Remote  
DTE  
application software)  
(Host application managing remote DTEs)  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
5-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Packet/Asynchronous Data Overview  
The GSP-1620 modem handles both packet and asynchronous  
data connections. For a particular SCADA application, one  
may make more sense than the other. Table 5-1 compares the  
two types of data.  
QUALCOMM Globalstar packet data service has a lower overhead and  
faster connection time than asynchronous data does. In general, if a  
SCADA application does not specifically need asynchronous data, use  
packet data instead.  
Tip  
For more details about implementation issues specific to one  
type of data or the other, see Using Packet Data on page 5-21  
and Using Asynchronous Data on page 5-30.  
Table 5-1. Packet vs. Asynchronous Data  
Packet Data  
Asynchronous Data  
Connects through a  
Globalstar Gateway to the  
Internet.  
Connects through a Globalstar  
Gateway and the PSTN to a  
remote host modem.  
Packet data is transmitted  
over the Internet to a host  
server.  
Asynchronous data is  
transmitted to a dial-up modem  
or modem bank, which must be  
supplied by the host.  
Typically establishes  
Typically establishes connection  
connection within 2-3 seconds. in approximately 30-60 seconds,  
due to modem negotiation and  
training time.  
No long distance charges  
apply, because a connection is  
made directly to the Internet.  
PSTN long distance charges  
may apply.  
Degradation of service (in the  
transmission of packets) could  
occur, depending on Internet  
connections and routing.  
Degradation of service could  
occur, depending on the quality  
of lines over the PSTN. (A noisy  
PSTN line can lower the data  
transmission rate or introduce  
errors into the data stream.)  
5-4  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Developing Modem Applications  
Table 5-1. Packet vs. Asynchronous Data (continued)  
Packet Data  
Asynchronous Data  
May require a VPN and  
software to get past firewalls.  
May be able to directly connect  
inside a firewall.  
Mobile-terminated calls  
require either a fixed public IP  
address, or a fixed private IP  
address and VPN tunnel to  
the Gateway (see  
Mobile-Terminated Packet  
Data Calls on page 5-27).  
Mobile-terminated calls can be  
achieved by having the host  
modem dial the phone number  
of the GSP-1620 modem.  
Modem Application Scenarios  
Depending on the requirements of your SCADA or OEM  
application, you can configure the GSP-1620 modem to work  
in many different ways, using many different features. The  
following are sample scenarios for how the modem might  
work in a SCADA setting:  
Scenario 1 — Full-time packet data on-demand:  
The modem can both generate data or accept it from  
the Gateway (see Mobile-Originated Packet Data  
Calls on page 5-27 and Mobile-Terminated Packet  
Data Calls on page 5-27).  
The modem uses dormant mode, where traffic  
channel is automatically reestablished upon receipt  
of PPP traffic at the modem end or IP traffic at the  
Gateway end (dormant mode works for packet data  
only).  
Since the application developer is responsible for  
security issues, the application might want to query  
for a password or answer calls only at certain times or  
only from certain phone numbers.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
5-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Scenario 2 — A periodic application:  
No auto-answer.  
Application powers on the modem periodically  
(perhaps once a day), queries host for data, then turns  
off.  
Application powers on the modem periodically and  
sends data to the host.  
Useful where power usage is critical, perhaps due to  
limited battery charge.  
Scenario 3 — Asynchronous data application:  
The SCADA application keeps the GSP-1620 modem  
powered up to accept incoming calls.  
A modem at the host server dials the GSP-1620  
modem, which toggles the Ring Indicator (RI).  
The SCADA application decides whether to answer  
the asynchronous call or whether to call back.  
Any of these scenarios might be appropriate, for example, for  
a SCADA application that monitors pipelines or gas wells,  
depending on how much data is generated on-site and how  
often the host application needs to access that data.  
As these sample scenarios show, you can configure an  
application for the GSP-1620 modem in many ways,  
depending on factors such as the following:  
How you decide to use the modem ports  
Which operating systems you use  
How you want your application to operate  
How the SP wants to handle billing (by airtime or by byte;  
contact your SP for details)  
Whether the application will use packet or asynchronous  
data connections  
5-6  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Developing Modem Applications  
Working with Modem Features  
This section discusses key features of the GSP-1620 modem  
and how to use them programmatically in your application.  
The features discussed in this section work with either packet  
data or asynchronous data. For packet-specific features, see  
Using Packet Data on page 5-21. For asynchronous-specific  
features, see Using Asynchronous Data on page 5-30.  
Using Data and Control Ports  
The GSP-1620 modem has two serial ports: one for Data and  
one for Control. The Data and Control ports make up the Rm  
interface, which is the serial interface between the DTE (your  
application) and the DCE (GSP-1620 modem), as shown in  
Figure 5-2.  
Figure 5-2. DTE-to-DCE Rm Interface  
Um Interface  
Rm Interface  
Data Port  
Control Port  
TxD  
RxD  
DTR  
DSR  
RFR (RTS)  
CTS  
RLSD (DCD)  
RI  
DCE  
DTE  
(GSP-1620  
Modem)  
(SCADA  
Application)  
TxD  
RxD  
DTR  
DSR  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
5-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
The Um interface shown in Figure 5-2 is the dedicated  
wireless traffic channel between the GSP-1620 modem (DCE)  
and the Gateway Interworking Function (IWF).  
Table 5-2 shows the signal lines for each port in Figure 5-2.  
The modem signal naming convention assumes that the modem is the  
DCE and that the user application is the DTE.  
Note  
Table 5-2. Port Signal Lines  
Data Port  
Control Port  
GND - Signal Common  
TxD - Transmit Data  
RxD - Receive Data  
GND - Signal Common  
TxD - Transmit Data  
RxD - Receive Data  
DTR - Data Terminal Ready  
DSR - Data Set Ready  
DTR - Data Terminal Ready  
DSR - Data Set Ready  
RFR (RTS) - Ready for Receive  
CTS - Clear To Send  
RLSD (DCD) - Data Carrier  
Detected  
RI -Ring Indicator  
For a complete description of port hardware, including pinouts, see Data  
and Control Ports on page 7-6.  
Note  
Data and Control Port Configurations  
For a data application, you can set up the modem to use  
different configurations of the Data and Control ports:  
Data port only — AT commands can be sent to the  
modem only when there is no data session active (i.e., no  
data is coming across the port) or when a data session is  
active but the Data port is in Online-Command mode.  
5-8  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Developing Modem Applications  
Control port only — only AT commands can be sent to  
modem (no data).  
Data and Control ports — the DTE can receive data on  
the Data port and, at the same time, communicate with  
the modem on the Control port using AT commands.  
The different Data and Control port configurations above are  
based on which ports are defined as active:  
A port is active if DTR is asserted on that port.  
A port is inactive if DTR is de-asserted on that port.  
Using both the Data and Control ports allows more  
sophisticated communication with the modem and thus  
better control of it, but requires that you understand the  
modem’s port arbitration behavior.  
In this context, port configuration refers to which ports on the GSP-1620  
modem are active, rather than to port baud rate, parity, etc.  
Note  
Port Arbitration Behavior  
This section describes the modem port arbitration behavior  
for each of the following port configurations:  
Data port active only  
Control port active only  
Both Data and Control ports active  
When a port configuration change occurs due to a DTR  
change, the AT command configuration parameters  
maintained by the AT command processor are not modified or  
reset to their default values. The parameters’ current state  
will be associated with the newly activated port when the  
change occurs. An AT command in progress when DTR  
changes will be silently aborted.  
Table 5-3 summarizes modem port arbitration behavior.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
5-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Table 5-3. Port Arbitration Behavior  
Control  
Port Active  
Data Port  
Active  
Port Behavior  
No  
No  
Control and Data ports are inactive and modem is powered  
down unless the Diagnostic port is active.  
No  
Yes  
The Data port processes all data and AT commands,  
including the following:  
Online-Command mode is supported on the Data port.  
All port configuration commands apply to the Data port  
as defined in Port(s) Affected by AT Commands on page  
5-13.  
If a non-data call (e.g., Markov, Loopback) is already  
active when a call is attempted with the ATDcommand,  
the BUSYresult is returned. If a data call is active, a NO  
DIALTONE result is returned.  
DTR cannot be used to terminate a call or enter  
Online-Command state (AT&D2or AT&D1  
configurations), unless the Diagnostic port is active.  
Note: This is because the modem powers down if all  
DTRs are low. DTR can be used to terminate the call or  
enter Online-Command mode, although the modem will  
power down after approximately 1 second.  
Yes  
No  
All AT commands are processed on the Control port. Data  
calls are not supported because the Data port is inactive.  
All data calls initiated using the ATDcommand return  
NO DIALTONE.  
ATD<phone number>returns NO DIALTONE.  
The ATDcommand with #627568(Markov test call) or  
#56672225 (Loopback test call) dial strings initiates a  
call if a call is not already active. If a call is already  
active when the call is attempted, a BUSYresult is  
returned.  
Port configuration commands apply to the Data port  
and Control port as defined in Port(s) Affected by AT  
Commands on page 5-13.  
The online escape sequence “+++” surrounded by guard  
time is ignored.  
Online-Command mode command ATHreturns OK.  
ATHwill terminate an active test call.  
Online-Command ATOreturns NO CARRIER.  
5-10  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Developing Modem Applications  
Table 5-3. Port Arbitration Behavior (continued)  
Control  
Port Active  
Data Port  
Active  
Port Behavior  
Yes  
Yes  
All AT commands are processed on the Control port. The  
Data port is used only for the transfer of packet or  
asynchronous data resulting from a data call.  
AT commands received on the Data port are ignored.  
A packet data call can be initiated on the Data port by  
sending a PPP packet; for details, see Packet No Dial  
($QCPKND) on page 6-50.  
ATD#777received on the Control port initiates a packet  
data call on the Data port. If a non-data call (e.g.,  
Markov, Loopback) is already active when the call is  
attempted, a BUSYresult is returned. If a data call is  
active, an ERRORresult is returned.  
ATD<phone number>received on the Control port  
initiates an asynchronous data call on the Data port.  
If a non-data call (e.g., Markov, Loopback) is already  
active when the call is attempted, a BUSYresult is  
returned. If a data call is active, an ERRORresult is  
returned.  
The ATDcommand received on the Control port with  
#627568(Markov test call) or #56672225(Loopback  
test call) dial strings initiate a call if a call is not already  
active. If a non-data call is already active when the call  
is attempted, a BUSYresult is returned. If a data call is  
active, an ERRORresult is returned.  
Port configuration commands apply to the Data port  
and Control port as defined in Port(s) Affected by AT  
Commands on page 5-13.  
Online-Command mode is not supported on the Data  
port.  
The online escape sequence “+++” surrounded by guard  
time is ignored on both ports.  
ATHreceived on the Control port terminates an active  
data call or special test call. It returns OKwhether or not  
a call is active.  
ATOreceived on the Control port returns OKif a call is  
active; otherwise, it returns NO CARRIER.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
5-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
AT Command Processing Modes  
Data services AT command processing consists of three  
modes:  
Command mode — While in the Command mode, data  
service is inactive and the DCE processes AT commands  
received on the Rm interface.  
Online mode — Online mode is entered when a data  
connection is established and data service becomes  
active. While in the Online mode, the DCE does not  
recognize AT commands on the Rm interface, but does  
process in-band control data and software flow control  
data.  
Online-Command mode — During Online-Command  
mode, data service is in the active state, although data is  
not processed. The DCE processes all AT commands  
received on the Rm interface while in Online-Command  
mode.  
TO ENTER ONLINE-COMMAND MODE FROM ONLINE MODE  
Steps  
1
2
3
Use an in-band control data escape sequence, “+++”  
surrounded by guard time (see Change from Online to  
Online-Command Mode (+++) on page 6-40).  
or  
Turn OFF the Rm interface DTR (circuit 108/2) signal  
(see DTE Data Terminal Ready Behavior (&D) on page  
6-16 for details).  
TO TERMINATE A DATA CALL FROM ONLINE-COMMAND MODE  
Steps  
1
2
3
Use the ATHcommand (see Hook Control (H) on page  
6-22).  
5-12  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Developing Modem Applications  
TO RE-ENTER ONLINE MODE FROM ONLINE-COMMAND MODE  
Steps  
1
2
3
Use the ATOcommand (see Return to Online Data Mode  
(O) on page 6-23).  
Port(s) Affected by AT Commands  
Various AT commands modify port configurations or initiate  
actions on a port. Since the modem has both a Data and  
Control port that can receive AT commands, the port affected  
by the received AT command is defined for each applicable  
port configuration. Port configuration is defined by which  
ports are active (DTR asserted).  
Mapping the effects of an AT command to a particular port, or  
possibly ports, largely results from two factors: the AT  
command processor is single-threaded, and the Control and  
Data ports share a single instance of the AT command  
processor.  
In this single instance of the AT command processor, a table  
defines default values and the state of each configurable  
parameter associated with each AT command. This default  
and configuration data for each command applies to one or  
both ports, depending on the port configuration. Most  
commands do not modify these configurable parameters.  
Those commands that do modify parameters affect only the  
port processing the AT commands, with some exceptions. The  
exceptions, which are listed in Table 5-4 on page 5-14, are due  
primarily to the following unique attributes of the Data port:  
The Data port supports data (packet and asynchronous).  
The Data port supports configurable baud rate and  
handshake signals.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
5-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Nomenclature for Table 5-4  
Table 5-4 defines the port(s) affected by AT commands that  
may modify parameters other than those of the active AT  
command port. The affected port(s) are listed for each of the  
following three port configurations:  
Data port active only  
Control port active only  
Both Data and Control ports active  
To define the affected port(s) for each AT command listed and  
for each of the three port configurations, Table 5-4 uses the  
following nomenclature:  
DATA — Applies to Data port  
CTL — Applies to Control port  
BOTH — Applies to both Data and Control ports  
NA — Not applicable to a port with this active port  
configuration or not applicable to a port in general  
Table 5-4. Port(s) Affected by AT Commands  
Port Command Applies To:  
Control Port Data & Control  
AT Command  
AT Command  
Description  
Data Port  
Active Only  
Active Only  
Ports Both  
Active  
Z
Reset to Default  
Configuration  
DATA  
DATA  
DATA  
DATA  
BOTH  
DATA  
DATA  
BOTH  
BOTH  
DATA  
DATA  
BOTH  
&C  
&D  
&F  
DCE RLSD (DCD)  
Behavior  
DTE DTR  
Behavior  
Set to Factory  
Defined Default  
Configuration  
S777  
+ICF  
Silent Retry  
Timeout  
DATA  
DATA  
CTL  
NA  
CTL  
Character  
Framing Settings  
DATA  
5-14  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Developing Modem Applications  
Table 5-4. Port(s) Affected by AT Commands (continued)  
Port Command Applies To:  
AT Command  
AT Command  
Description  
Data Port  
Active Only  
Control Port  
Active Only  
Data & Control  
Ports Both  
Active  
+IFC  
+IPR  
+CRM  
+CTA  
Local Flow Control  
Settings  
DATA  
DATA  
DATA  
DATA  
NA  
NA  
NA  
NA  
DATA  
DATA  
DATA  
DATA  
RmInterfaceBaud  
Rate Setting  
Rm Interface  
Protocol Setting  
Dormant Mode  
Timeout Setting  
Port Activation (DTR) Changes during Operation  
When DTR changes on the Data or Control ports, the  
following operational changes occur:  
Any AT command being processed on the Control or Data  
ports is terminated and the port that processes AT  
commands, based upon the arbitration rules (see Port  
Arbitration Behavior on page 5-9), is placed in a state to  
begin processing of a new AT command.  
If a call (data or special test call—Markov or Loopback) is  
in progress, changes in DTR on the Control port will not  
terminate the call.  
If a call (data or special test call) is in progress, changes  
in DTR on the Data port will terminate the call if the port  
is configured to do so with AT&D2. Additionally, if none of  
the DTR lines are asserted, the module will power down  
terminating the call regardless of the AT&Dsetting (See  
Power-On and Power-Off on page 7-18).  
AT command configuration parameters maintained by the AT  
command processor are not modified or reset to their default  
values when a port configuration change occurs due to a DTR  
change. The current state of these parameters is associated  
with the newly activated port after the change occurs, as  
defined in Table 5-4.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
5-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
For DTR signal timing requirements, see Changing Data and Control  
Port Configuration on page 7-8.  
Note  
Port Use During Power On and Power Off  
The Data and Control ports provide a feedback mechanism to  
inform the user when power on and power off are complete.  
The modem powers on when either or both of the ports’ DTR  
signals are asserted. The DSR signal is asserted on either or  
both active ports to inform the user that the modem has  
completed its start-up sequence and is ready to process AT  
commands.  
When the DTR signals of both ports are de-asserted for  
approximately one second, the modem begins its shutdown  
sequence. When this is complete, the modem powers off and  
the ports’ DSR signals are de-asserted. This informs the user  
that power may be removed, which may be required in  
battery-powered applications.  
The above discussion assumes that the Diagnostic port is not  
active. This port’s DTR signal does affect power on and power  
off, but the port provides no user feedback. The Diagnostic  
port is designed for development and service-programming  
use only.  
For complete details of the power on and power off process, see  
Power-On and Power-Off on page 7-18.  
Note  
Globalstar Satellite Service  
The QUALCOMM Globalstar GSP-1620 Satellite Data  
Modem offers full duplex (FDX) transmit and receive  
capabilities at 9600 bps via the Globalstar satellite  
constellation, and uses QUALCOMM’s CDMA digital  
technology for reliability.  
The Globalstar Air Interface (GAI) is based on a modified  
(proprietary) IS-95A standard adapted for Mobile Satellite  
System (MSS) operations:  
Forward Link (Modem Receive): 2484.39 to 2499.15 MHz  
5-16  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Developing Modem Applications  
Reverse Link (Modem Transmit): 1610.73 to 1625.49  
MHz  
Short Messaging Service (SMS)  
The GSP-1620 modem supports IS-637 Mobile Terminated  
Short Messaging Service (SMS). This is a separate feature  
from data (packet and/or asynchronous), and may be billed  
differently by the Service Provider.  
Mobile-terminated SMS allows the host application to “send”  
numeric, alphanumeric, or binary messages to the GSP-1620  
modem. These messages are passed transparently out the  
Data or Control RS-232 ports to the DTE (SCADA  
application). The modem makes no attempt to construct  
ASCII character data. If “control” data is sent to the modem  
via the SMS option, it will be passed along transparently to  
the DTE application.  
The SMS feature is fully functional even if the GSP-1620  
modem is active on a data call, because SMS can be accessed  
on the Control port. Therefore, the host application can send  
command and control information to the modem either while  
it is in a data session, or idle (not in a call).  
Check with your Globalstar service provider to see whether the SMS  
feature is available.  
Note  
SMS Alerts  
SMS “alerts” are asynchronous messages sent out of the Data  
or Control port to the DTE application upon receipt of the  
SMS message (see Using Data and Control Ports on page 5-7  
for a more detailed explanation).  
Port configuration determines how SMS alerts are received:  
If the application is using the Control port, SMS alerts  
are received on the Control port, even if a call is active.  
If the application is using the Data port only, the SMS  
alert will be queued until the data session is terminated.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
5-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Once the DTE application receives an SMS alert, it is up to  
the application to read the SMS message, using the  
AT$QCSMSPcommand.  
SMS Message Field Information  
SMS messages can contain the following field information:  
Length of SMS  
Read status (new/read)  
Lock status  
Call back number (if available)  
Type (alpha, numeric, voice mail — these are  
carrier-specific fields)  
Priority (urgent, normal)  
Time received  
Message content  
SMS AT Commands  
You can use the following SMS commands:  
Navigate through SMS messages (AT$QCSMSM).  
Delete SMS messages (AT$QCSMSM).  
Print/display current SMS message (AT$QCSMSP).  
Lock or unlock SMS messages (AT$QCSMSL).  
Turn on/off SMS alerting (AT$QCSMSA).  
Get information on SMS messages stored in memory  
(AT$QCSMSI).  
For more information, see SMS Commands on page 6-51.  
Note  
Using SMS for Mobile-Terminated Calls  
You can use SMS as a way of answering mobile-terminated  
calls (even if the Gateway software does not yet support  
mobile-terminated calls).  
5-18  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Developing Modem Applications  
Here is a brief description of how such a scenario might work:  
The modem is idle.  
The host application sends a short SMS message to the  
modem from the Gateway, perhaps using an email  
account on the Internet. (A sample email address might  
be “[email protected].” This is an example  
only. Contact your Service Provider to get the latest SMS  
message address format for your modem.)  
Your DTE application has set up the modem to listen for  
SMS messages, in one of two ways:  
By turning SMS alerting on (using AT$QCSMSA).  
By having the DTE application poll for messages with  
a timer (using the AT$QCSMSIcommand).  
When the modem gets an SMS alert, it notifies the DTE  
application.  
The DTE application queries the modem for the SMS  
message (using AT$QCSMSPand/or AT$QCSMSM).  
The DTE application parses the message, looking for  
strings that tell it to connect to the host application.  
The DTE originates a data call (packet or asynchronous).  
Once the call has been established, the modem functions  
simply as a “pipe” for data between the host server and DTE  
applications.  
See the CD-ROM in your Modem Integrator’s Kit for a sample SMS  
script. Also see SMS Commands on page 6-51.  
Note  
Globalstar Service Alerts  
Service alerts are sent on the Control port or queued (if only  
the Data port is connected and in use) whenever a service  
parameter changes:  
Fades — Gateway/satellite coverage is lost for any  
reason.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
5-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Acquisition — Gateway/satellite coverage is acquired  
(entering service, leaving service, or changing Service  
Providers).  
Roaming status — when the modem “roams” onto a  
Gateway outside the home service area (see your Service  
Provider for the scope of these areas).  
For more information, see Service Alert ($QCSA) on page 6-61.  
Note  
Service Status Message  
The AT$QCSTATUScommand gets the Service Status Message,  
which you can think of as a message detailing the information  
that would display on the LCD screen of the GSP-1600  
Tri-Mode Phone. The Service Status Message includes the  
following items:  
Service available (yes or no)  
Current service mode  
Current Service Provider name  
Gateway coverage “seen” (acquired) or lack of coverage  
(lost)  
Received signal strength (RSSI bars on the phone  
display)  
Gateway registration status (“i” indicator on the phone)  
Roaming (yes or no)  
Current call state (in call/idle)  
Call type  
Call duration  
For more information, see Checking Modem Status on page 4-1 and  
Service Status ($QCSTATUS) on page 6-62.  
Note  
5-20  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Developing Modem Applications  
Position Location Determination  
The GSP-1620 modem has a “get position” AT command,  
AT$QCPLS, that provides a latitude and longitude location as  
well as a confidence value.  
This command has a parameter to select between getting the  
current position (via making a new request) or returning the  
last stored position:  
If you select the current position and you are NOT in a  
call, the modem returns “ERROR.”  
If you select the stored position and there is no stored  
position (you have never done a position request), the  
modem returns “ERROR.”  
For more information, see Position Location Service ($QCPLS) on page  
6-66.  
Note  
Using Packet Data  
Globalstar and the GSP-1620 modem offer direct Internet  
connectivity by bridging the “last thousand mile” air gap  
using LEO satellites. This section details the capabilities  
offered by the GSP-1620 modem for user connectivity and  
packet data transmission.  
The GSP-1620 modem lets the application device (DTE)  
connected to the modem originate or receive a “packet data  
call.” It establishes a PPP session, connects to the Internet,  
and then establishes a session with a host application at the  
remote end.  
For a comparison of packet and asynchronous data, see Table 5-1 on  
page 5-4. For information about asynchronous data service, see Using  
Asynchronous Data on page 5-30.  
Note  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
5-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Data Rate and Throughput  
The GSP-1620 modem offers full duplex transmit and receive  
at a Data port rate of 9600 bps. Discounting packet data  
overhead bits, the measured effective “user” throughput (that  
is, customer data) averages 7400 bps for packet data.  
Networking Software and PPP Sessions  
The modem uses PPP as the transport mechanism for data  
packets. Standard networking software establishes,  
manages, and tears down the PPP session. For example, the  
networking software is compatible with Dial-Up Networking  
(TCP/IP and PPP protocols) on Windows 95/98/NT/2000.  
When you develop embedded SCADA applications, you can  
use off-the-shelf protocol stacks or write your own. Any  
standard RFC 1661 or RFC 1662 compliant stack should  
work.  
Interoperability with Different Operating Systems  
The GSP-1620 modem uses standard networking software to  
establish, manage, and tear down the PPP session. The  
modem has been tested with the following standard operating  
systems:  
Windows 95/98/2000  
Windows NT  
Macintosh OS  
UNIX/Linux  
For Windows 2000, a possible software driver problem exists. For more  
information, contact QUALCOMM Globalstar Customer Service, as  
described in Appendix D, Product Support.  
Note  
5-22  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Developing Modem Applications  
IP Addressing for the GSP-1620 Modem  
The OEM or Service Provider must choose either a dynamic  
or fixed Internet Protocol (IP) addressing scheme, depending  
on the intended use of the GSP-1620 modem:  
If the modem is expected to be mobile and roam between  
Gateway service areas, a dynamic IP addressing scheme  
should be used. A new IP address may be assigned to the  
terminal equipment whenever a new packet data call is  
set up.  
If the unit is “fixed” in its position and no mobility is  
involved, either a dynamic or fixed IP addressing scheme  
can be used. However, if the unit is “fixed” in its position,  
no mobility is involved, and the user’s application  
requires a fixed IP address, then a fixed IP addressing  
scheme should be used.  
The difference is that in a “fixed” addressing scheme the  
user’s application at a host site or server will always know the  
IP address of the remote DTE (SCADA application). In a  
“dynamic” addressing scheme, the IP address is not known  
until the remote SCADA application/modem and the  
host/server are in an active session. In both the “fixed” and  
the “dynamic” addressing scheme, either the SCADA  
application/modem or the host/server can initiate a call/IP  
session.  
Dynamic IP Addressing  
A dynamic IP address pool in the Gateway can be configured  
with either private IP addresses or globally routable IP  
addresses. Therefore, the type of IP address assigned to a  
dynamic IP user during call setup depends on the Gateway  
configuration. With a dynamically assigned IP address, the  
modem can roam to another Gateway and re-establish Packet  
Data service by having the system automatically assign a  
new dynamic IP address.  
With dynamic IP addressing, the modem can initiate a call/IP  
session with the host/server. Once a session is established,  
the assigned IP addresses remain constant until the session  
is terminated. With the added capability of dormant mode  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
5-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
(see Dormant Mode Service on page 5-25), the IP address  
assigned during this session remains active even during  
temporary gaps in air link coverage or when a call is  
temporarily released via dormant mode.  
Fixed IP Addressing  
Fixed IP addresses can be assigned instead of dynamic IP  
addresses. With a fixed IP address, the server or host  
application can use a given specific IP address that is  
permanently assigned to the modem.  
In the first Gateway software release that supports modems, fixed IP  
addressing requires that private IP addresses be “decoded” from the  
modem’s IMSI (International Mobile Subscriber Identity). This precludes  
the use of fixed IP addressing with roaming between Gateways.  
Note  
Finding IP Addresses  
If you need more information about your IP addresses, ask  
your Service Provider.  
Virtual Private Network Service  
Since a fixed IP addressing scheme requires the use of private  
IP addresses, a virtual private network (VPN; e.g., IPSec) or  
an IP-in-IP tunnel would have to be established between the  
host and the Globalstar Gateway, so the host can initiate IP  
sessions with the remote/SCADA unit.  
Contact your network provider for help in establishing a VPN  
or dedicated line between your host server and the Gateway.  
When using dynamic IP addressing, an end-to-end VPN  
connection can be established between the remote/SCADA  
unit and the host/server.  
5-24  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Developing Modem Applications  
Dormant Mode Service  
With dormant mode service, the Globalstar system can keep  
the IP session “up” at the application layer (host and SCADA  
applications) while dropping the air link/traffic channel, to  
conserve Globalstar resources and to decrease billing time to  
the user. The traffic channel is automatically reestablished  
upon receipt of PPP traffic at the SCADA application end or  
IP traffic at the Globalstar Gateway. The Globalstar system  
then completes the transmission, with no loss of user data.  
Dormant mode can be entered in two ways:  
By issuing the ATH777command to the Control port, as  
opposed to using the standard ATH(hang up) command,  
which would drop the traffic channel and terminate the  
PPP session.  
By using a timer. The idle timer default value is currently  
0 (timer is turned off). You can specify a time between 10  
and 255 seconds for the idle timer to time out and tear  
down the traffic channel.  
During dormant mode operations, each use of the traffic  
channel to send and receive PPP data will produce one billing  
record (called a Call Detail Record or CDR).  
TO SET UP DORMANT MODE AND TEST HOW THE CALL GETS  
RE-ESTABLISHED  
Steps  
1
2
3
1. On the Control port, set the idle timer by typing:  
ATH+CTA=10 <CR>.  
This command sets an idle timer value of 10 seconds.  
Note: you can specify a termination character other than  
<CR> for AT commands; see Command Line Termination  
Character (S3) on page 6-25.  
2. Type AT&C0<CR> to ensure that RLSD (DCD) will remain  
asserted in dormant mode.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
5-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
3. Use Dial-Up Networking to initiate a packet data call on  
the Data port.  
For help with Dial-Up Networking, see your Windows  
documentation.  
4. Start a browser, go to a Web page such as  
http://www.globalstar.com, and download something.  
5. Wait for the data transfer to end, then wait 10 seconds for  
the idle timer to expire.  
or  
On the Control port, type ATH777<CR> to hang up the call  
and immediately put the modem into dormant mode.  
6. On the Control port, type AT$QCSTATUS<CR> and observe  
how the CALL STATEis IDLE, indicating that the modem  
has entered dormant mode.  
7. In your browser connected to the Data port, click another  
link.  
8. On the Control port, type AT$QCSTATUS<CR> and observe  
how the CALL STATEis no longer IDLE.  
For the above example to work, AT&C0must be set so that DCD  
remains asserted in dormant mode. Otherwise, the networking  
application will terminate the PPP session. For more information, see  
DCE Received Line Signal Detector Behavior (&C) on page 6-16. For  
more information about dormant mode, see Set Dormant Mode Timeout  
Value (+CTA) on page 6-49.  
Note  
5-26  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Developing Modem Applications  
Mobile-Originated Packet Data Calls  
The GSP-1620 modem lets the application device (DTE)  
connected to the modem originate a packet data call.  
TO MAKE A MOBILE-ORIGINATED PACKET DATA CALL  
Steps  
1
2
3
Use the ATD#777command.  
The modem returns CONNECTif the call has been  
established (for other result codes, see Dial (D) on page  
6-20).  
For another example, see Making a Call from the Data Port  
on page 4-4.  
TO HANG UP A PACKET DATA CALL  
Steps  
1
2
3
1. Enter Online-Command mode by using the in-band  
control data escape sequence, “+++” surrounded by guard  
time (for details, see Change from Online to  
Online-Command Mode (+++) on page 6-40).  
2. Use the ATHcommand (to hang up and end dormant  
mode).  
or  
Use the ATH777command (to hang up but leave dormant  
mode active).  
Mobile-Terminated Packet Data Calls  
The GSP-1620 modem lets the application device (DTE)  
connected to the modem receive a packet data call. It is the  
responsibility of the DTE application to keep the modem  
powered up if it is to receive incoming packet data calls.  
However, the first Gateway software release that supports  
GSP-1620 modems does not support over-the-air  
mobile-terminated calls. Future releases of the Gateway  
software will support mobile-terminated calls to fixed IP  
addresses, and no modem upgrades will be required.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
5-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
The following sections describe how the modem itself would  
deal with incoming (mobile-terminated) calls. This  
information is provided for developers who wish to configure  
their applications for mobile-terminated calls, in preparation  
for future releases of the Gateway software.  
As an alternative to mobile-terminated calls, you can have the modem  
receive an SMS message, then originate a call back to the host. For  
details, see Using SMS for Mobile-Terminated Calls on page 5-18.  
Tip  
Tip  
If your Service Provider supports Caller ID, you can have the modem  
receive a non-packet-data call, then originate a call back to the host. An  
incoming non-packet-data call to the DCE would toggle RI and wake up  
the DTE application, which could decide whether to call back. For  
example, for security reasons a callback might be allowed only if the  
Caller ID number is on an approved list. Check with your Service  
Provider for Caller ID availability.  
Answering Calls Using the Data Port Only  
The Data port uses both the RI and DTR signals. How the call  
is answered depends on whether DTR is high or low:  
DP_DTR high (asserted) — the modem will auto-answer.  
DP_DTR low (de-asserted) — the modem will not  
auto-answer, but your DTE application can decide  
whether to answer the call by raising DP_DTR. On an  
incoming call, the modem asserts RI and displays RING  
to the appropriate port (Data port in this case).  
Normally, if the application is using the Data port only and  
DP_DTR is low, the modem would be powered off. To power  
on the modem while still leaving DP_DTR low to prevent  
auto-answering, you can wire the DTR pin high on the  
Diagnostic port, instead of on the Data port.  
The scenario could work like this:  
DMP_DTR is high (asserted), powering the modem on.  
RI on the Data port asserts.  
DP_DTR is low (de-asserted), meaning the modem will  
not auto-answer.  
5-28  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Developing Modem Applications  
Your DTE application decides to answer the call by  
asserting DP_DTR.  
Different operating systems handle the DTR-DCD  
handshake differently. To configure it appropriately, you can  
use the AT&Dand AT&Ccommands.  
For more information, see DTE Data Terminal Ready  
Behavior (&D) on page 6-16 and DCE Received Line Signal  
Detector Behavior (&C) on page 6-16.  
Answering Calls Using the Data and Control Ports  
If your DTE application is using both the Data and Control  
ports, how the call is answered depends on whether DTR is  
high (asserted) or low (de-asserted) on the two ports:  
DP_DTR asserted — the modem will auto-answer.  
DP_DTR de-asserted but CP_DTR asserted — the modem  
will not auto-answer, but your DTE application can  
decide whether to monitor RI and answer calls by raising  
DP_DTR. On an incoming call, the modem asserts RI on  
the Data port and displays RING to the Control port.  
In this scenario, keeping DTR high on the Control port  
powers the modem, while allowing you to leave DP_DTR low  
to prevent auto-answering.  
Roaming and Packet Data Service  
The GSP-1620 modem is capable of both “fixed” operation in  
one location (for example, a building, tank, pipeline, or well)  
or “mobile” operation for applications on trucks, rail cars,  
aircraft, or shipping containers.  
For packet data service, roaming operation has the following  
characteristics:  
Roaming within a Gateway service area can keep the PPP  
session up the entire time, using dormant mode.  
Roaming between Gateway service areas is supported.  
However, there is no hard hand-off capability between  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
5-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
separate Gateways. The PPP session will be dropped and  
will have to be reestablished by the modem.  
Once on a new Gateway, automatic re-registration will be  
performed and a new dynamic IP address will be assigned  
to the modem.  
Roaming support for “fixed” IP addressing outside the  
“home” Gateway service area is not currently supported.  
Future design work to allow a DNS server to map IP  
addresses to IMSIs is envisioned, which would permit  
worldwide fixed IP address roaming.  
If service alerts are enabled, a service alert is sent out the  
Data/Control port whenever the Service Provider or Gateway  
changes. This includes the modem changing from roaming to  
home service area and vice versa.  
Using Asynchronous Data  
The GSP-1620 modem lets the application device (DTE)  
connected to the modem originate or receive an asynchronous  
data call. It can dial or be dialed by a modem at the host  
server, connecting through the Globalstar Satellite  
Communications System and the PSTN.  
Figure 5-3 shows the various modems (the GSP-1620 DCE  
modem, the Gateway IWF modem, and the host modem) and  
other components involved in an asynchronous data call.  
5-30  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Developing Modem Applications  
Figure 5-3. Asynchronous Data Call Components  
Satellite  
Outdoor Antenna  
Rx  
Globalstar  
Gateway  
Tx  
Gateway IWF Modem  
GSP-1620  
Modem  
DCE  
PSTN  
Interface Port  
Control Port  
(modem AT commands)  
Data Port  
(Data or AT commands)  
Host Modem  
(or modem bank)  
SCADA Terminal  
Host  
Server  
(running your  
DTE  
application software)  
(HOST end)  
(REMOTE end)  
Like most modems, the GSP-1620 modem allows you to  
customize asynchronous data connections, data compression,  
and so on. For details, see Chapter 6, AT Command Reference.  
For a comparison of asynchronous and packet data, see Table 5-1 on  
page 5-4. For information about packet data service, see Using Packet  
Data on page 5-21.  
Note  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
5-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Data Rate and Throughput  
For asynchronous data, the GSP-1620 modem offers full  
duplex transmit and receive at a Data port rate of somewhat  
less than packet data’s 9600 bps, due to additional overhead  
for asynchronous data. Similarly, the measured effective  
“user” throughput (that is, customer data) is somewhat less  
than the 7400 bps (average) for packet data. Asynchronous  
connections take longer because of PSTN modem training  
time.  
QUALCOMM Globalstar packet data service has a lower overhead and  
faster connection time than asynchronous data does. If your SCADA  
application does not specifically need asynchronous data, use packet  
data instead.  
Tip  
Mobile-Originated Asynchronous Data Calls  
The GSP-1620 modem lets the application device (DTE)  
connected to it originate an asynchronous data call.  
TO MAKE A MOBILE-ORIGINATED ASYNCHRONOUS DATA CALL  
Steps  
1
2
3
Use the ATD<dial string> command.  
The modem returns CONNECTif the call has been  
established (for other result codes, see Dial (D) on page  
6-20).  
TO HANG UP AN ASYNCHRONOUS DATA CALL  
Steps  
1
2
3
1. Enter Online-Command mode by using the in-band  
control data escape sequence, “+++” surrounded by guard  
time (for details, see Change from Online to  
Online-Command Mode (+++) on page 6-40).  
2. Use the ATHcommand.  
The ATH777command, which hangs up a packet data call and leaves  
dormant mode active, will also hang up an asynchronous data call.  
Note  
5-32  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Developing Modem Applications  
You can also hang up an asynchronous data call by de-asserting DTR.  
However, if DTR is high on only one port and you then de-assert it, the  
modem will begin its shutdown sequence.  
Note  
Mobile-Terminated Asynchronous Data Calls  
The GSP-1620 modem lets the application device (DTE)  
connected to it receive an asynchronous data call. It is the  
responsibility of the DTE application to keep the modem  
powered up if it is to receive incoming asynchronous data  
calls.  
Here is what happens during a mobile-terminated  
asynchronous call:  
The host server directs a host modem to call the  
GSP-1620 modem (DCE), using the Dial Number (DN)  
assigned to the GSP-1620 modem by the Service Provider.  
The incoming call toggles RI and displays RING to the  
appropriate port.  
The ATAcommand tells the GSP-1620 modem (DCE) to  
answer an incoming call (for details, see Answer Incoming  
Call (A) on page 6-18; also see Automatic Answer (S0) on  
page 6-25).  
How the modem answers the call depends on how the  
ports are configured. Port behavior for incoming  
asynchronous calls is the same as for packet calls. For  
details, see Answering Calls Using the Data Port Only on  
page 5-28 and Answering Calls Using the Data and  
Control Ports on page 5-29.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
5-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Accessing Packet Data Over an Asynchronous Connection  
Once an asynchronous connection has been established for  
the GSP-1620 modem, it could be used to access packet data  
(using protocols such as PPP or SLIP).  
If PPP is used on top of asynchronous data service, the DTE  
would be assigned an IP address. PPP would be required for  
Internet access using asynchronous data.  
Protocols such as Z-modem or Y-modem or other proprietary  
protocols could be used to transfer data between the  
GSP-1620 modem and the host modem, without negotiating  
PPP.  
If your SCADA application requires packet data over an  
asynchronous connection, here are some implementation  
suggestions:  
For PPP data, contact your Service Provider to obtain  
necessary account information (whatever you would  
normally need for an Internet connection, such as an IP  
address, DNS information, and so on).  
Set up the asynchronous connections for the GSP-1620  
modem as described in Using Asynchronous Data on page  
5-30.  
Use the AT$QCPKNDcommand with a value of 2, to allow  
mixing packet data calls and asynchronous data calls (for  
details, see Packet No Dial ($QCPKND) on page 6-50).  
5-34  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Developing Modem Applications  
Roaming and Asynchronous Data Service  
The GSP-1620 modem is capable of both “fixed” operation in  
one location (for example, a building, tank, pipeline, or well)  
or “mobile” operation for applications on trucks, rail cars,  
aircraft, or shipping containers.  
For asynchronous or “dialed” data service, roaming operation  
has the following characteristics:  
A host server can call the asynchronous Dial Number and  
reach the modem, regardless of which Gateway service  
area it is currently located in (just as voice GSP-1600  
Tri-Mode Phones can roam and be reached in any  
Gateway service area).  
Roaming within a Gateway service area is supported for  
both mobile-originated and mobile-terminated  
asynchronous data calls.  
Roaming between Gateway service areas is supported;  
however, if the modem is in a call when it reaches the  
edge of a service area, the call will be dropped and must  
be re-established on the new Gateway.  
Once on a new Gateway, automatic re-registration will be  
performed and a new data call can be established.  
Fixed (or dynamic) IP addresses are not required for  
asynchronous data service as they are for packet data  
service.  
If service alerts are enabled, a service alert is sent out the  
Data/Control port whenever the Service Provider or Gateway  
changes. This includes the modem changing from roaming to  
home service area and vice versa.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
5-35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Typical Modem Initialization Strings  
Table 5-5 summarizes some typical GSP-1620 modem  
initialization strings discussed in this chapter and Chapter 4.  
For complete details about these and other initialization  
strings, see Chapter 6, AT Command Reference.  
Table 5-5. Sample Typical Modem Initialization Strings  
To do this...  
Send these  
commands or strings  
Where to find more  
information  
Default all modem settings  
ATZ  
Reset to Default  
Configuration (Z) on page  
6-15  
Make a packet data call  
ATD#777  
Dial (D) on page 6-20  
Make an asynchronous data  
call  
ATD<phone number>  
Dial (D) on page 6-20  
Make a Markov test call  
Make a Loopback test call  
ATD#627568  
ATD#56672225  
ATH  
Dial (D) on page 6-20  
Dial (D) on page 6-20  
Hang up a packet data call  
and end dormant mode; or  
hang up an asynchronous  
data call  
Hook Control (H) on page 6-22  
Hang up a packet data call  
but leave dormant mode  
active; or hang up an  
ATH777  
Hook Control (H) on page 6-22  
asynchronous data call  
Check modem status  
AT$QCSTATUS  
ServiceStatus($QCSTATUS)  
on page 6-62  
(Globalstar service, signal  
strength, registration,  
current call state and so on)  
Set up dormant mode (with a AT&C0  
DCE Received Line Signal  
Detector Behavior (&C) on  
page 6-16; Set Dormant Mode  
Timeout Value (+CTA) on  
page 6-49  
20-second timeout value)  
AT+CTA=20  
Enable SMS Alerting  
Read SMS messages  
AT$QCSMSA  
AT$QCSMSP  
SMS Alert ($QCSMSA) on  
page 6-57  
SMS Print ($QCSMSP) on  
page 6-52  
5-36  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Developing Modem Applications  
Table 5-5. Sample Typical Modem Initialization Strings  
(continued)  
To do this...  
Send these  
commands or strings  
Where to find more  
information  
Enter Online-Command  
Mode while a data call is  
progress on the Data port,  
then re-enter Online mode  
+++(surrounded by  
guard time)  
ATO  
Change from Online to  
Online-Command Mode(+++)  
on page 6-40; Return to  
Online Data Mode (O) on page  
6-23  
Enable Globalstar service  
alerts  
AT$QCSA  
Service Alert ($QCSA) on  
page 6-61  
Get current position of the  
modem  
AT$QCPLS  
AT$QCPKND=2  
Position Location Service  
($QCPLS) on page 6-66  
Allow the modem to mix  
packet and asynchronous  
data calls, by handling  
packets based on the previous  
dialed data call type  
Packet No Dial ($QCPKND)  
on page 6-50  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
5-37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
5-38  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6
AT COMMAND REFERENCE  
This chapter provides complete details about the AT  
command set for the QUALCOMM Globalstar GSP-1620  
Satellite Data Modem. The AT command set is the control  
interface between the Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) and  
Data Communications Equipment (DCE).  
For a handy quick reference to all AT commands, see the  
tables at the beginning of this chapter:  
Table 6-1, “Operational AT Commands” — lists the AT  
Commands recognized by the modem software.  
Table 6-2, “Non-Operational AT Commands” — lists  
commands that are recognized, but not supported, by the  
modem. For example, because the modem has no speaker,  
the command to set speaker volume will neither set the  
volume nor return an ERROR. The command is accepted,  
but performs no action.  
Reference sections in this chapter contain complete details for  
each AT command, organized into the following groups:  
Basic AT Commands (page 6-8)  
Basic Action Commands (page 6-18)  
Basic S-Registers (page 6-24)  
Globalstar-Specific S-Register Extensions (page 6-31)  
Extended Configuration AT Commands (page 6-32)  
Online-Command Mode Commands (page 6-40)  
Dormant Mode Commands (page 6-48)  
SMS Commands (page 6-51)  
Error Log Services Commands (page 6-59)  
Service Status Commands (page 6-61)  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Special Calls and Services Commands (page 6-64)  
Protocol Stack Modification Commands (page 6-70)  
For details about AT commands supported by the GSP-1600 Tri-Mode  
Phone, see the QUALCOMM Globalstar Data User Guide (80-99126-1).  
Note  
AT Command Quick Reference Tables  
For many commands listed in Table 6-1 and Table 6-2, the  
entries for “Value Range,” “No Value Definition,” or  
“Power-On/Reset Default” have no valid value. These entries  
have different symbols in place of values:  
A dash “-” character means that, for this command, the  
value is either not present or not allowed.  
A caret “^” character means that no current value state  
(or Power-On state) is kept internally.  
An asterisk “*” character means you should consult a  
footnote for this entry.  
.
Table 6-1. Operational AT Commands  
AT Command  
Brief Description  
Value  
Range  
No Value  
Definition On/  
Reset  
Power-  
(reference page)  
Default  
E
I
Echo OFF|ON (p. 6-9)  
[0-1]  
[0-2]  
0
0
1
^
Request Identification  
Information (p. 6-9)  
Q
Result Code Suppression  
(p. 6-12)  
[0-1]  
[0-1]  
[0-4]  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
4
^
1
V
DCE Response Format  
(p. 6-13)  
X
Result Code Selection  
Command (p. 6-14)  
Z
Reset Default Configuration  
(p. 6-15)  
&C  
DCE RLSD (DCD) Behavior  
(p. 6-16)  
[0-2]  
6-2  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
Table 6-1. Operational AT Commands (continued)  
AT Command  
Brief Description  
(reference page)  
Value  
Range  
No Value  
Definition On/  
Reset  
Power-  
Default  
&D  
&F  
DTE DTR Behavior (p. 6-16)  
[0-2]  
0
0
0
2
^
Set to QUALCOMM-Defined  
Default Configuration (p. 6-17)  
A
Answer Command (p. 6-18)  
-
-
-
-
-
1
A/  
Repeat Last Command  
(p. 6-19)  
^
2
2
2
D
H
O
Dial (p. 6-20)  
*
*
0
0
*
Hook Control (p. 6-22)  
(0, 777)  
0
^
^
Return to Online State  
(p. 6-23)  
S0  
S3  
S4  
S5  
S6  
S7  
S8  
S9  
S10  
S11  
Auto Answer Ring Count  
(0 disables) (p. 6-25)  
[0-255]  
[0-127]  
[0-127]  
[0-127]  
[2-10]  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0
Command Line Termination  
Character (p. 6-25)  
13  
10  
8
Response Format Character  
(p. 6-26)  
Command Edit Character  
(p. 6-27)  
Pause Before Blind Dialing  
Time (p. 6-27)  
2
Connection Completion  
Timeout (p. 6-28)  
[1-255]  
[0-255]  
[0-255]  
[1-255]  
[50-255]  
50  
2
Comma Dial Modifier Time  
(p. 6-29)  
Carrier Detect Threshold  
Timeout (p. 6-29)  
6
Carrier Loss to Disconnect  
Timeout (p. 6-30)  
14  
95  
DTMF Tone Duration and  
Spacing (p. 6-31)  
S777  
Silent Retry Timeout (p. 6-31)  
[0-255]  
[1-2]  
-
150  
2
+CMUX  
Set Forward MUX Option  
(p. 6-32)  
2
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Table 6-1. Operational AT Commands (continued)  
AT Command  
Brief Description  
(reference page)  
Value  
Range  
No Value  
Definition On/  
Reset  
Power-  
Default  
+CRM  
Rm Interface Protocol Setting  
(p. 6-33)  
[0-1]  
0
0
+GSN  
+ICF  
Read phone ESN (p. 6-34)  
-
-
-
Character Framing Settings  
(p. 6-35)  
[(3-3), (0-3)]  
3, 3  
3, 3  
+IFC  
+IPR  
Local Flow Control Settings  
(p. 6-36)  
[(0-3), (0-2)]  
2, 2  
2, 2  
3
4
Rm Interface Baud Rate  
Setting (p. 6-38)  
(300,  
*
*
1200,  
2400,  
4800,  
9600,  
19200,  
38400,  
57600,  
115200)  
5
~+++~  
Direct the DCE to change from  
online to online-command  
mode (p. 6-40)  
-
-
-
6
6
6
+CFG  
+DS  
Set Remote Config String  
Command (p. 6-41)  
*
*
*
IWF (Interworking Function)  
Data Compression Control  
(p. 6-42)  
([0-3], [0-1],  
[512-  
65535],  
[6-250])  
3, 0, 2048,  
6
3, 0,  
2048, 6  
+ES  
IWF Error Control Selection  
(p. 6-45)  
([0-4], [0-4],  
[0-6])  
3, 0, 2  
3, 0, 2  
6
6
6
+MS  
IWF Modulation Selection  
(p. 6-47)  
*
*
*
+CTA  
Dormant Mode Timeout  
Setting (p. 6-49)  
[10-255]  
[0-2]  
0
0
0
-
$QCPKND  
$QCSMSM  
Set Packet Data Reconnect  
Methods (p. 6-50)  
0
SMS list traversal and  
manipulation (p. 6-51)  
([0-3],  
[0-1])  
0,0  
6-4  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
Table 6-1. Operational AT Commands (continued)  
AT Command  
Brief Description  
(reference page)  
Value  
Range  
No Value  
Definition On/  
Reset  
Power-  
Default  
$QCSMSP  
Print formatted information  
for current SMS message  
(p. 6-52)  
[0-1]  
0
-
$QCSMSL  
$QCSMSA  
$QCSMSI  
$QCERR  
Lock current SMS message  
(p. 6-56)  
[0-1]  
1
0
-
-
Set Alert on new SMS message  
arrival (p. 6-57)  
[0-1]  
0
-
Send SMS message count  
information to DTE (p. 6-58)  
-
-
Send formatted Error Log  
information to DTE (p. 6-59)  
-
-
$QCCLR  
$QCSA  
Clear Error Log (p. 6-60)  
-
-
-
Set Alert on Service change  
(p. 6-61)  
[0-1]  
0
0
$QCSTATUS  
$QCTOD  
Send formatted Service Status  
to DTE (p. 6-62)  
-
-
-
-
-
-
Send formatted Time-of-Day to  
DTE (p. 6-64)  
[0-1]  
0
$QCPLS  
Send formatted Position  
information to DTE (p. 6-66)  
([0-1],  
[0-1])  
0,0  
-
$QCMSTATS  
$QCMODE  
Send formatted Markov  
statistics to DTE (p. 6-68)  
-
7
Set Mode: Auto, Globalstar  
(p. 6-69)  
[1-4]  
1
1
8
9
$QCTCP  
TCP Stack Changes  
(p. 6-70)  
([0-1]  
0
[0-1500]  
536  
536  
536  
500  
6000  
100  
6000  
0
[0-1500]  
[0-1500]  
[0-120000]  
[0-120000]  
[0-1000]  
[0-6000]  
[0, 1-100])  
8
$QCVJ  
Use Van Jacobsen Header  
Compression (p. 6-73)  
[0-1]  
1
1
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Notes for Table 6-1  
1
The A/command is a special function that does not require the S3  
command terminator character and causes the execution of the  
previously entered AT command.  
2
See the Dcommand description for details on parameters.  
3
When no parameter value is sent with the +IPRcommand, the  
Data port default baud rate of 38400 is assumed.  
4
The default baud rate is set with the +IPRcommand itself. When  
the modem is power-cycled, the Data port baud rate is reset to its  
power-up baud rate stored in non-volatile memory.  
5
The ~character represents “guard-time” before and after the +++  
escape sequence.  
6
This parameter is a quoted string, saved in the modem and  
downloaded to the Gateway Interworking Function modem when  
establishing an asynchronous data call.  
7
The modem will always power-on into Auto mode.  
8
This is an advanced AT command. Do not use it if you do not  
understand what it does.  
9
If <tcpmod>is equal to one, the values in the rest of the variables  
are put into effect. If <tcpmod>is set to zero, the rest of the values  
entered into the AT command are ignored, and the default values are  
restored to the internal variables.  
Table 6-2. Non-Operational AT Commands  
AT Command Brief Description  
(reference page)  
Value  
Range  
No Value  
Definition On/  
Reset  
Power-  
Defaul  
L
M
P
T
Monitor Speaker Loudness (p. 6-10)  
[0-3]  
0
0
-
^
^
^
^
Monitor Speaker Mode (p. 6-11)  
Select Pulse Dialing (p. 6-11)  
Select Tone Dialing (p. 6-13)  
[0-2]  
-
-
-
6-6  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
AT Commands Overview  
Command Alphabet  
The ASCII character set is the alphabet used for the AT  
command set. Only the low order seven bits of each character  
are considered significant.  
Case Sensitivity  
Although AT commands are specified in uppercase  
throughout this Integrator’s Reference Manual, both  
uppercase and lowercase are valid. The modem does not  
distinguish between uppercase and lowercase letters.  
Command Line Format  
AT command lines are made up of three parts: the prefix, the  
body, and the termination character.  
The command line prefix consists of the letters AT. The  
command line prefix is followed by the body, which consists of  
one or more AT commands. Command syntax for each specific  
AT command within the body is as specified in this document,  
for example, Eor $QCSTATUS.  
Space characters can be used freely within the body for  
formatting purposes. Command lines are terminated with the  
termination character specified by S-register S3(see  
Command Line Termination Character (S3) on page 6-25).  
The default value of S3is the carriage return character <CR>  
(ASCII value of 13 decimal).  
You can use an alternate command line prefix, which causes  
the previously entered command line (body and terminator)  
to be executed. This command line prefix consists of the  
letters A/.  
No terminator is required after entering the /character to begin  
command line execution.  
Note  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Command Syntax  
For AT command syntax in this chapter, the following  
definitions apply:  
Words enclosed in <angle brackets>identify parameters  
that can be specified as part of the command.  
Syntactical elements enclosed in [square brackets]are  
optional and may be omitted from the command line.  
Syntactical elements enclosed in {brackets}are required  
and must be specified as part of the command.  
The use of |between syntactical elements indicates that  
only one of the elements may be specified as part of the  
command. For example, the command syntax for  
S3{=<value>|?}must be either S3=<value>or S3?.  
The +and $characters are used to identify extended AT  
commands. +and $denote standard and  
manufacturer-specific extended commands respectively.  
A semicolon (;) is used to concatenate additional  
commands (basic or extended) after an extended  
command.  
Basic AT Commands  
This section defines the basic AT commands that the  
GSP-1620 modem currently supports and the functionality  
provided by each. For all basic AT commands that require a  
<value>parameter, if <value>is not present then a 0is  
assumed by the receiver.  
The basic AT commands described in this section return one  
of two possible result codes, which are listed in Table 6-3. Any  
commands with exceptions to this have separate result code  
tables in their sections.  
6-8  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
Results Returned  
Table 6-3. Result Codes for Basic AT Parameter Commands  
Result Code  
Condition  
OK  
The command was correctly recognized and  
processed with any required <value>being  
set.  
ERROR  
The command was unrecognized, the <value>  
parameter was out of range, or some syntactical  
error was encountered.  
Command Echo (E)  
Syntax  
E[<value>]  
Description  
Determines whether or not the DCE echoes characters  
received from the DTE during the Command and  
Online-Command modes.  
Valid Values  
0
1
DCE does not echo characters.  
DCE echoes characters.  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
1
Results Returned  
OKor ERROR; see Table 6-3 on page 6-9 for details.  
Get Info (I)  
Syntax  
I[<value>]  
Description  
This read-only command returns three different  
manufacturer information strings, depending on the <value>  
of the parameter sent.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Valid Values  
0
1
2
MODEL NUMBER: 205  
MODEL: GSP-1620 Satellite Data Modem  
BUILD: <associated software build string  
(version information)>  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
None.  
Results Returned  
OKor ERROR; see Table 6-3 on page 6-9 for details.  
Monitor Speaker Loudness (L)  
Syntax  
L[<value>]  
Description  
Controls the DCE speaker loudness. The modem has no  
concept of a monitor speaker. Therefore, this command is  
recognized, but does nothing.  
Valid Values  
0
1
2
3
Lowest speaker volume  
Low speaker volume  
Medium speaker volume  
High speaker volume  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
None.  
Results Returned  
OKor ERROR; see Table 6-3 on page 6-9 for details.  
6-10  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
Monitor Speaker Mode (M)  
Syntax  
M[<value>]  
Description  
Controls when the DCE speaker is on. The modem has no  
concept of a monitor speaker. Therefore, this command is  
recognized but does nothing.  
Values  
0
1
2
Speaker is always off and never turned on.  
Speaker on until carrier has been detected.  
Speaker is always on when OFF-Hook.  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
None.  
Results Returned  
OK or ERROR; see Table 6-3 on page 6-9 for details.  
Select Pulse Dialing (P)  
Syntax  
P
Description  
Causes subsequent dialed digits to be signaled using pulse  
dialing. This command is recognized but does nothing.  
Valid Values  
None.  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
None.  
Results Returned  
OKor ERROR; see Table 6-3 on page 6-9 for details.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Result Code Suppression (Q)  
Syntax  
Q[<value>]  
Description  
Determines whether or not result codes are transmitted from  
the modem (DCE) to the DTE. When result codes are  
suppressed, no result is transmitted to the DTE.  
Because the modem depends on the CONNECTresult code returned by  
the Gateway IWF (for asynchronous data calls), this command is not  
transmitted as part of the remote configuration.  
Note  
Valid Values  
0
1
DTE transmits result codes.  
Result codes are suppressed and not transmitted.  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
0
Results Returned  
Result Code  
Condition  
OK  
The command was correctly recognized and  
processed with any required <value>being  
set.  
ERROR  
The command was unrecognized, the <value>  
parameter was out of range or some syntactical  
error was encountered.  
(none)  
No result codes are transmitted when <value>  
is set to 1.  
6-12  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
Select Tone Dialing (T)  
Syntax  
T
Description  
Causes subsequent dialed digits to be signaled using DTMF  
tones. This command is recognized but does nothing.  
Valid Values  
None.  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
None.  
Results Returned  
OKor ERROR; see Table 6-3 on page 6-9 for details.  
DCE Response Format (V)  
Syntax  
V[<value>]  
Description  
Determines the contents of the DCE header and trailer  
transmitted to the DTE with result codes and information  
responses. It also determines whether result codes are  
transmitted in numeric or alphabetic format. The text portion  
of information responses is not affected by the setting of this  
parameter.  
The following table shows the effect of setting this parameter  
on the format of information text and result codes. The values  
<S3>and <S4>represent the ASCII value of the S3and S4  
registers respectively.  
V0  
V1  
Information <text><S3><S4>  
Responses  
<S3><S4>  
<text><S3><S4>  
Result Codes <numeric  
<S3><S4><verbose  
code><S3><S4>  
code><S3>  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Values  
0
DCE transmits limited headers and trailers and  
numeric result codes.  
1
DCE transmits full headers and trailers and  
alphabetic result codes.  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
1
Results Returned  
OKor ERROR; see Table 6-3 on page 6-9 for details.  
Result Code Selection Command (X)  
Syntax  
X[<value>]  
Description  
Determines whether or not the DCE transmits particular  
result codes to the DTE when connecting asynchronous data  
services. This command is recognized but does nothing  
locally. Normally it controls whether or not the DCE verifies  
the presence of dial tone and/or busy signal on the line.  
However, it is used only to allow a non-default value to be  
sent to the Gateway IWF modem.  
6-14  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
Values  
0
CONNECT result code is given upon entering online data  
state. Dial tone and busy detection are disabled.  
1
2
3
4
CONNECT <text> result code is given upon entering  
online data state. Dial tone and busy detection are  
disabled.  
CONNECT <text> result code is given upon entering  
online data state. Dial tone detection is enabled, and busy  
detection is disabled.  
CONNECT <text> result code is given upon entering  
online data state. Dial tone detection is disabled, and  
busy detection is enabled.  
CONNECT <text> result code is given upon entering  
online data state. Dial tone and busy detection are both  
enabled.  
In result codes, <text>is defined by the modem hardware and is not  
user-specifiable.  
Note  
Missing Parameter Default Value(s)  
0
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
4
Results Returned  
OKor ERROR; see Table 6-3 on page 6-9 for details.  
Reset to Default Configuration (Z)  
Syntax  
Z[<value>]  
Description  
Sets all modem (DCE) parameters to their factory defaults,  
except the Rm interface baud rate (set via the +IPRcommand)  
and the modem call mode (set via the $QCMODEcommand).  
Factory defaults are specified by QUALCOMM.  
If the modem is in Online mode, the data call is terminated  
and the modem returns to Command mode. See Set to  
Factory-Defined Configuration (&F) on page 6-17 for more  
details on resetting the default baud rate and mode.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Values  
0
Resets parameters to their factory defaults.  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
None.  
Results Returned  
OKor ERROR; see Table 6-3 on page 6-9 for details.  
DCE Received Line Signal Detector Behavior (&C)  
Syntax  
&C[<value>]  
Description  
Defines how the DCE controls RLSD (circuit 109) in relation  
to detection of the received line signal from the far end.  
Valid Values  
0
1
DCE always places RLSD in ON state.  
DCE places RLSD in ON state when connection is  
active and places in OFF state otherwise.  
2
DCE winks RLSD by briefly placing RLSD in the  
OFF state and then back ON when a data call ends.  
This is a QUALCOMM-specific value.  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
1
Results Returned  
OKor ERROR; see Table 6-3 on page 6-9 for details.  
DTE Data Terminal Ready Behavior (&D)  
Syntax  
&D[<value>]  
Description  
Defines how the modem (DCE) responds when the DTE  
changes DTR (circuit 108/2) from ON to OFF state when a  
connection is active.  
6-16  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
Valid Values  
0
1
DCE ignores DTR state.  
DCE transitions to from Online to Online-Command  
mode when DTR transitions from ON-to-OFF.  
2
DCE closes connection (terminates call) when DTR  
transitions from ON-to-OFF.  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
2
Results Returned  
OKor ERROR; see Table 6-3 on page 6-9 for details.  
Set to Factory-Defined Configuration (&F)  
Syntax  
&F[<value>]  
Description  
Instructs the modem (DCE) to set all parameters to their  
QUALCOMM-defined defaults. This command performs the  
same operation independent of whether or not <value>is  
specified. QUALCOMM-defined defaults are the default  
values for each AT command specified in this chapter.  
This command sets the modem baud rate to its  
power-on/reset default value (see Set Rm Interface Command  
Baud Rate (+IPR) on page 6-38), but does not reset the  
$QCMODEvalue to its power-on/reset value. (Compare the  
behavior of the Zcommand, Reset to Default Configuration (Z)  
on page 6-15.)  
If the modem is in Online-Command mode, the data call is  
released and the modem returns to Command mode.  
Valid Values  
0
Resets modem parameters, except <call mode>  
(set via $QCMODE), to their default values.  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
None.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Results Returned  
OKor ERROR; see Table 6-3 on page 6-9 for details.  
Basic Action Commands  
This section defines the basic AT action commands for the  
modem and the functionality provided by each.  
Answer Incoming Call (A)  
Syntax  
A
Description  
Instructs the GSP-1620 modem (DCE) to answer an incoming  
asynchronous data call. The modem establishes a connection  
with the Gateway IWF modem, transmits appropriate  
configuration data to the Gateway IWF modem, sends the A  
command to the Gateway IWF modem, telling it to connect to  
the host modem, and waits for the CONNECT(or other) result  
code.  
Any additional commands that appear after the Acommand on the  
same command line are ignored.  
Note  
Note  
This command can be aborted by DCE reception of any character on  
the Rm interface. The command is aborted only if the DCE receives the  
character prior to establishing the connection and sending the CONNECT  
result code.  
6-18  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
Results Returned  
Result Code  
OK  
Description  
Command is aborted either by reception of an  
additional character from the DTE or by the  
DTE turning off DTR (circuit 108) for &D1and  
&D2.  
Also returned if there is no incoming call to  
answer.  
CONNECT  
Connection is successfully established (call is  
active on traffic channel). This result code is  
transmitted when the DCD (circuit 109) is  
turned on.  
NO CARRIER  
ERROR  
The connection could not be established; service  
not activated, call cannot be completed, or  
service unavailable.  
Command was issued in Online-Command  
mode.  
Repeat Last Command (A/)  
Syntax  
A/  
Description  
Although this is technically an AT command prefix and not  
an AT command, it is listed in the command section for easy  
reference.  
This prefix repeats execution of the last command line  
entered. If no command was entered previous to entering this  
command, the previous command line is considered to be  
empty and no action is taken.  
Previous command line execution begins immediately after /is  
entered. It is not necessary to enter a termination character (carriage  
return; see Command Line Termination Character (S3) on page 6-25 for  
details) to begin execution of the previous command line body.  
Note  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Results Returned  
Result Code  
Condition  
OK  
Previous command line is empty.  
Previous command line is not empty.  
Result from  
re-execution of  
the previous  
command line.  
Dial (D)  
Syntax  
D<dial string>  
Description  
Originates a call if the dial string is valid.  
This command can be aborted by DCE reception of any character on  
the Rm interface. This command is aborted only if the DCE receives the  
character prior to establishing the connection and sending the CONNECT  
result code. The dial command can also be aborted by setting the DTR  
line from active to inactive when &D2is set.  
Note  
Valid Dial Strings  
The dial string must be made up of valid dial string  
characters and dial modifiers. Valid dial string characters  
are:  
#*0123456789ABCD  
Valid dial string modifiers are  
W,!@$TP  
Valid dial string modifiers may be included in the dial string,  
although they will be ignored. Any other characters within  
the dial string that are not recognized as dial string  
characters or dial string modifiers by the DCE will be ignored.  
This allows characters such as hyphens and parentheses to be  
used in the dial string for phone number formatting purposes.  
The modem supports packet data, asynchronous data,  
Markov, and Loopback calls. If the dial string contains one of  
the dial numbers listed below in Dial String Values, a packet  
6-20  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
data, Markov, or Loopback call is initiated. All other valid  
dial numbers, except dial numbers 1-99, initiate an  
asynchronous data call and return the result code of the  
Gateway IWF modem.  
Dial numbers 1-99 correspond to phone book entries and are  
translated into dial numbers stored in the specified location.  
If the specified phone book location is unused, no call is  
attempted and NO DIALTONE is returned. If the phone book  
entry exists, a call is attempted using the dial number stored.  
Valid phone book entries include the Dial String Values listed  
below.  
If ATDis entered by itself, then the modem attempts to call the  
previously called number (from the call history) if one exists.  
Dial string modifiers and unrecognized characters included  
in this dial string are ignored as stated above.  
Dial String Values  
#777  
Originate a packet data call.  
Originate a Markov call.  
Originate a Loopback call.  
#627568  
#56672225  
Results Returned  
Result Codes  
CONNECT  
Description  
Connection is successfully established (call is  
active on traffic channel).  
NO CARRIER  
NO DIALTONE  
Service not activated — call cannot be  
completed, service unavailable, or user has  
released dial command.  
Service not available — modem is not  
configured for service. Also returned if a  
mobile-terminated call (which sends  
unsolicited result code RINGto the DTE) is  
answered with a D<dial string>command.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Result Codes  
Description  
BUSY  
The modem is currently on traffic and cannot  
originate a call, the called party is busy, or the  
IWF returned busy.  
NO ANSWER  
ERROR  
Returned only if the IWF modem (for  
asynchronous data calls) returns NO  
ANSWER.  
Invalid dial string received or a packet data call  
is already active.  
Hook Control (H)  
Syntax  
H[<value>]  
Description  
Controls the “Hook State” of the modem. Going “ON-Hook”  
(H, H0or H777) while in Online-Command mode is used to  
terminate an active data or test call. The “OFF-Hook” state is  
not recognized by the modem, so H1returns an ERRORresult  
code.  
The data call can be terminated in two ways: either in  
Online-Command mode using the Hcommand, or in Online  
mode when the DTE sets its DTR line (circuit 108/2) inactive.  
The modem must be configured with &D2to allow the DTE to  
terminate a packet data call using DTR.  
H777is used to release a packet data call and have the Gateway put  
the call into dormant mode. Dormant mode is not supported for  
asynchronous data calls. Therefore, for an asynchronous call, H777will  
return an OKresult code and release the data call, but will not attempt  
to go into dormant mode.  
Note  
6-22  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
Valid Value(s)  
0
Terminates the data call and returns to Command  
mode.  
777  
Terminates the data call as above, but instructs the  
Gateway to transition into dormant mode for packet  
data calls.  
Missing Parameter Default Value(s)  
0
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
N/A  
Results Returned  
See Table 6-3 on page 6-9 for details.  
Return to Online Data Mode (O)  
Syntax  
O[<value>]  
Description  
Returns the modem to Online mode from Online-Command  
mode.  
Valid Value(s)  
0
If in Online-Command mode, this command returns  
the phone to Online mode. Otherwise, the command  
returns NO CARRIERand takes no further action.  
Missing Parameter Default Value(s)  
0
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
N/A  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Results Returned  
Result Code  
Condition  
CONNECT  
The command was correctly recognized and  
processed and the transition from  
Online-Command to Online mode was  
successful.  
NO CARRIER  
ERROR  
The command was correctly recognized and  
processed, but the connection was not  
successfully resumed.  
The command was not recognized, the <value>  
parameter was out of range or some syntactical  
error was encountered.  
Basic S-Registers  
This section defines the basic S-registers for the modem and  
the functionality provided by each. Table 6-4 lists the result  
codes common to all recognized S-register commands.  
Results Returned  
Table 6-4. Common Result Codes for S-Register Commands  
Result  
Condition  
OK  
The <value>sent was recognized and  
supported. <value>is now the new value for  
the specified S-register.  
ERROR  
<value>is not recognized. The command is  
ignored and the specified S-register is left  
unchanged.  
<value>  
OK  
Sx?is used to query S-register x’s current  
setting.  
6-24  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
Automatic Answer (S0)  
Syntax  
S0{=<value>|?}  
Description  
The S0parameter sets the number of rings before the modem  
will auto-answer an incoming asynchronous data call.  
Valid Value(s)  
0
Automatic answering is disabled.  
1-255  
Number of rings before an incoming asynchronous  
call is automatically answered.  
Missing Parameter Default Value(s)  
N/A  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
0
Results Returned  
See Table 6-4 on page 6-24 for result code details.  
Command Line Termination Character (S3)  
Syntax  
S3{=<value>|?}  
Description  
Represents the value of the character recognized by the  
modem as the command line termination character. When  
the modem receives a command line from the DTE, this  
character indicates termination of the command line. This  
character is also transmitted by the modem to terminate the  
result code.  
If this value is changed in the command line, the response to  
that command line will use the new value.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Valid Value(s)  
0-127  
Range of ASCII characters that can be set as the  
command termination character  
Missing Parameter Default Value(s)  
N/A  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
13  
Carriage Return character  
Results Returned  
See Table 6-4 on page 6-24 for result code details.  
Response Formatting Character (S4)  
Syntax  
S4{=<value>|?}  
Description  
Represents the value of the character transmitted as part of  
the response to commands. It is used in formatting the  
response and follows the S3character in responses when V1is  
in effect.  
If this value is changed in the command line, the response to  
that command line will use the new value.  
Valid Value(s)  
0-127  
Range of ASCII characters that can be set as the  
command result code termination character  
Missing Parameter Default Value(s)  
N/A  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
10  
New Line character  
Results Returned  
See Table 6-4 on page 6-24 for result code details.  
6-26  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
Command Line Editing Character (S5)  
Syntax  
S5{=<value>|?}  
Description  
Represents the value of the character recognized by the  
modem as the backspace character. When the modem  
receives this character, it interprets it as a request to delete  
the previous character in the command line currently being  
entered.  
Valid Value(s)  
0-127  
Range of ASCII characters that can be set as the line  
editing (backspace) character  
Missing Parameter Default Value(s)  
N/A  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
8
Backspace character  
Results Returned  
See Table 6-4 on page 6-24 for result code details.  
Pause Before Blind Dialing Time (S6)  
Syntax  
S6{=<value>|?}  
Description  
Represents the amount of time the DCE waits before dialing  
a valid Dial Number.  
This parameter is valid only for asynchronous data services.  
It is sent to the Gateway IWF modem if different from the  
default value but is otherwise not used by the modem.  
Valid Value(s)  
2-10  
Number of seconds to wait before blind dialing  
Missing Parameter Default Value(s)  
N/A  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
seconds  
2
Results Returned  
See Table 6-4 on page 6-24 for result code details.  
Connection Completion Timeout (S7)  
Syntax  
S7{=<value>|?}  
Description  
Specifies the number of seconds to establish an end-to-end  
data connection. The modem will disconnect the line if no  
connection is established within this time. See Silent Retry  
Timeout (S777) on page 6-31 for similar (Globalstar-specific)  
control.  
This parameter is valid only for asynchronous data services.  
It is sent to the Gateway IWF modem if different from the  
default value but is otherwise not used by the modem.  
Valid Value(s)  
1-255  
Number of seconds to establish a connection or call  
will be disconnected  
Missing Parameter Default Value(s)  
N/A  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
50  
seconds  
Results Returned  
See Table 6-4 on page 6-24 for result code details.  
6-28  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
Comma Dial Modifier Time (S8)  
Syntax  
S8{=<value>|?}  
Description  
Specifies the amount of time, in seconds, that the modem  
pauses, during dialing, when a “,” (comma) is encountered in  
the dial string.  
This parameter is valid only for asynchronous data services.  
It is sent to the Gateway IWF modem if different from the  
default value but is otherwise not used by the modem.  
Valid Value(s)  
0
Disabled. Modem does not pause when “,” is  
encountered.  
1-255  
Number of seconds to pause.  
Missing Parameter Default Value(s)  
N/A  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
2
seconds  
Results Returned  
See Table 6-4 on page 6-24 for result code details.  
Carrier Detect Threshold Timeout (S9)  
Syntax  
S9{=<value>|?}  
Description  
Specifies the amount of time, in 0.1 second increments, that  
the modem should wait before dropping DCD after the  
signaling carrier is lost.  
This parameter is valid only for asynchronous data services.  
It is sent to the Gateway IWF modem if different from the  
default value but is otherwise not used by the modem.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Valid Value(s)  
0
Disabled  
1-255  
Number of tenths of a second delay  
Missing Parameter Default Value(s)  
N/A  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
6
tenths of a second  
Results Returned  
See Table 6-4 on page 6-24 for result code details.  
Carrier Loss to Disconnect Timeout (S10)  
Syntax  
S10{=<value>|?}  
Description  
Specifies the amount of time, in 0.1 second increments, that  
the DCE will remain connected before dropping DCD after  
the signaling carrier is lost.  
This parameter is valid only for asynchronous data services.  
It is sent to the Gateway IWF modem if different from the  
default value but is otherwise not used by the modem.  
Valid Value(s)  
1-254  
255  
Number of tenths of a second to wait  
Disable timeout  
Missing Parameter Default Value(s)  
N/A  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
14  
tenths of a second  
Results Returned  
See Table 6-4 on page 6-24 for result code details.  
6-30  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
DTMF Tone Duration and Spacing (S11)  
Syntax  
S11{=<value>|?}  
Description  
Specifies the duration and spacing, in milliseconds, of DTMF  
tones while dialing a valid number.  
This parameter is valid only for asynchronous data services.  
It is sent to the Gateway IWF modem if different from the  
default value but is otherwise not used by the modem.  
Valid Value(s)  
50-255  
Number of milliseconds of delay  
Missing Parameter Default Value(s)  
N/A  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
95  
milliseconds  
Results Returned  
See Table 6-4 on page 6-24 for result code details.  
Globalstar-Specific S-Register Extensions  
This section defines the GSP-1620 modem-specific S-register  
extensions for the modem and their functionality.  
Silent Retry Timeout (S777)  
Syntax  
S777{=<value>|?}  
Description  
Represents the duration of the “call origination silent retry  
timer.” This specifies the amount of time (in seconds) the  
modem will attempt to originate a call before giving up and  
performing reacquisition of the Globalstar system.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Valid Value(s)  
0-255  
Silent-Retry timeout in seconds  
Missing Parameter Default Value(s)  
N/A  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
150  
seconds  
Results Returned  
See Table 6-4 on page 6-24 for result code details.  
Extended Configuration AT Commands  
This section defines the extended AT configuration  
commands for the modem and the functionality provided by  
each.  
Set Forward MUX Option (+CMUX)  
Syntax  
+CMUX[=<value>|?|=?]  
Description  
Sets the modem’s multiplex option for packet data calls. The  
multiplex option selects the requested rateset for IS-95 calls.  
This command affects IS-95 packet data calls only. This  
command does not apply to Globalstar mode, which can only  
operate at 9600 baud.  
+CMUX?queries the current <mux>setting. +CMUX=?queries for  
the acceptable range of <value>.  
Valid Value(s)  
1
Selects IS-95 rateset 1. This is roughly equivalent to  
9600 baud.  
2
Selects IS-95 rateset 2. This is roughly equivalent to  
14.4K baud.  
Missing Parameter Default Value(s)  
2
6-32  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
2
Results Returned  
Result  
OK  
Condition  
A valid <value>was received and processed.  
ERROR  
<value>is not supported.  
+CMUX:<value> ?is used to query current setting.  
OK  
+CMUX: (1-2)  
OK  
=?is used to query acceptable range of  
<value>parameter.  
Set Rm Interface Protocol (+CRM)  
Syntax  
+CRM[=<value>|?|=?]  
Description  
Sets the Rm interface protocol. When no <value>is specified,  
<value>is assumed to be 1.  
+CRM?queries for the current setting of the <value>.  
+CRM=?queries for the acceptable range of <value>.  
Valid Value(s)  
0
1
Asynchronous Data Services  
Packet Data Services  
Missing Parameter Default Value(s)  
0
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
0
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Results Returned  
Result  
Condition  
OK  
A valid <value>was received and processed.  
<value>is not supported.  
?is used to query current setting.  
ERROR  
+CRM:<value>  
OK  
+CRM: (0-1)  
=?is used to query acceptable range of  
<value>parameter.  
OK  
Get Modem User Terminal ESN (+GSN)  
Syntax  
+GSN[=<value>|?|=?]  
Description  
This read-only command returns the modem’s ESN only  
when the bare command (AT+GSN) is entered. All other legal  
syntax forms simply return an OKresult code.  
Valid Value(s)  
N/A. This parameter is read only.  
Missing Parameter Default Value(s)  
N/A.  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
N/A.  
Results Returned  
Result  
Condition  
+GSN:  
This is considered the OKresponse for any  
legal syntax that does not return the  
phone’s ESN.  
OK  
ERROR  
An illegal syntax was entered.  
+GSN: <Hex ESN> ESN is all uppercase Hex character with  
no 0xprefix, or hor Hsuffix.  
OK  
6-34  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
Set Character Framing (+ICF)  
Syntax  
+ICF[=<format>|=[<format>],[<parity>]|?|=?]  
Description  
Sets the modem local serial port asynchronous character  
framing (start/stop bits) used for transmitting and receiving  
information between modem and DTE on the Data port of the  
Rm interface.  
This command has no effect on the configuration of the Control port of  
the modem’s Rm interface. The Control port has a fixed configuration of  
8 data bits, 1 stop bit and no parity running at 9600 baud.  
Note  
As shown in the syntax above, either <format>or <parity>  
can be optionally specified. If only one value is specified then  
the other is left unchanged. If both values are left unspecified  
then both are reset to their power-on default values.  
Optional parameters must be separated by commas. The  
commas act as place holders (in the command parser) for any  
missing optional parameters.  
+ICF? queries the current setting of <format>and <parity>.  
+ICF=?queries for the acceptable ranges of <format>and  
<parity>.  
Valid Value(s)  
<format>:  
3
8 data bits, 1 stop bit and no parity  
<parity>:  
0
1
2
3
Even parity  
Odd parity  
Mark parity  
Space parity  
Missing Parameter Default Value(s)  
See “Description” above for values assumed when optional  
parameters are missing.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
<format> = 3 (for format 3 parity value is ignored)  
<parity> = 3 (no parity is actual configuration)  
Results Returned  
Result  
Condition  
OK  
<format>and/or <parity>are  
recognized and supported, and have  
been processed correctly.  
ERROR  
A parameter value was out of range  
or a syntax error was encountered.  
+ICF: <format>,  
<parity>  
?is used to query current setting.  
OK  
+ICF: (3), (0-3)  
=?is used to query acceptable range  
of parameters.  
OK  
Set Local Flow Control (+IFC)  
Syntax  
+IFC[=<DCE_by_DTE>|=[<DCE_by_DTE>],  
[<DTE_by_DCE>]|?|=?]  
Description  
Controls the operation of local flow control between the  
modem (DCE) and DTE:  
<DCE_by_DTE>specifies the method of flow control to be  
used by the DTE to control the flow of data from the  
modem.  
<DTE_by_DCE>specifies the method of flow control to be  
used by the modem to control the flow of data from the  
DTE.  
This command has no effect on the configuration of the Control port of  
the modem’s Rm interface. The Control port’s configuration is fixed with  
no flow control.  
Note  
6-36  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
As shown in the syntax above, either <DCE_by_DTE>or  
<DTE_by_DCE>can be optionally specified. If only one value is  
specified then the other is left unchanged. If both values are  
left unspecified then both are reset to their power-on default  
values.  
Optional parameters must be separated by commas. The  
commas act as place holders (in the command parser) for any  
missing optional parameter.  
+IFC?queries for the current settings of <DCE_by_DTE>and  
<DTE_by_DCE>. +IFC=?queries for the acceptable ranges of  
<DCE_by_DTE> and <DTE_by_DCE>.  
Valid Value(s)  
<DCE_by_DTE>:  
0
1
No flow control  
Software (XON/XOFF) flow control, stripping  
XON/XOFF characters from stream  
2
3
Hardware (RFR/RTS) flow control  
Software flow control, no stripping  
<DTE_by_DCE>:  
0
1
No flow control  
Software XON/XOFF flow control, stripping  
XON/XOFF characters from stream  
2
Hardware (CTS) flow control  
Missing Parameter Default Value(s)  
See “Description” above for values assumed when optional  
parameters are missing.  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
<DCE_by_DTE> = 2  
<DTE_by_DCE> = 2  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Results Returned  
Result  
Condition  
OK  
Parameters are recognized and  
supported, and have been processed  
correctly.  
ERROR  
A parameter value was out of range  
or a syntax error was encountered.  
+IFC:<DCE_by_DTE>,  
<DTE_by_DCE>  
?is used to query current setting.  
OK  
+IFC: (0-3),(0-2)  
=?is used to query acceptable range  
of parameters.  
OK  
Set Rm Interface Command Baud Rate (+IPR)  
Syntax  
+IPR[=<rate>|?|=?]  
Description  
Specifies the baud rate at which the modem communicates  
with the DTE over the Data port of the Rm interface (see  
Figure 5-2 on page 5-7). If <rate>is not specified, <rate> is  
set to the power-on/reset default value. When the modem is  
power-cycled, the Data port baud rate is reset to its power-up  
baud rate stored in non-volatile memory.  
The +IPRcommand does not affect the modem’s call mode (set  
by the $QCMODEcommand, as described on page 6-69).  
?syntax queries for the current setting of the Data port baud  
rate. =?syntax queries for the acceptable range the <rate>  
parameter can be set to.  
The modem does not support automatic baud rate detection.  
Note  
6-38  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
Valid Value(s)  
<rate>:  
300  
300 baud (bits/second)  
1200 baud  
1200  
2400  
2400 baud  
4800  
4800 baud  
9600  
9600 baud  
19200  
38400  
57600  
115200  
19200 baud  
38400 baud  
57600 baud  
115200 baud  
Missing Parameter Default Value(s)  
See “Description” above for values assumed when optional  
parameters are missing.  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
See “Description” above for a discussion of power-on/reset  
defaults.  
Results Returned  
Result  
Condition  
OK  
Parameters are recognized and  
supported.  
ERROR  
Parameters are not recognized or  
supported.  
+IPR: <baudrate>  
OK  
?is used to query current setting.  
+IPR: ( ), (<baud>  
range)  
=?is used to query acceptable range  
of parameters.  
OK  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Online-Command Mode Commands  
Online-Command mode allows the Online mode data stream  
to be interrupted so that AT commands are recognized and  
processed. An escape sequence, injected into the data stream,  
directs the modem to enter Online-Command mode from  
Online mode.  
All AT commands recognized in Command mode are also  
recognized in Online-Command mode. The Hcommand and  
the Ocommand are of particular use in Online-Command  
mode.  
When the Control port is active, the +++escape sequence and  
the Ocommand return their normal success status, even  
though the Control port’s operating mode has not changed  
from Command mode.  
Change from Online to Online-Command Mode (+++)  
Syntax  
~+++~  
Description  
The escape sequence that directs the modem to change from  
Online to Online-Command mode. Although this is not an AT  
command, it is necessary to support Online-Command mode  
and is, therefore, listed here for easy reference.  
The ~ character indicates the “guard-time” both before and  
after the escape sequence. This “guard-time” is necessary to  
differentiate between the escape sequence +++ and any other  
string of three +characters inside the Online data stream.  
EIA/TIA/IS-707A defines the length of the “guard-time” as  
“an appropriate time.” The modem defines the “guard-time”  
to be 1 second.  
The “+++” string is transmitted through to the host side, even if the  
escape sequence is recognized.  
Note  
Valid Value(s)  
N/A.  
6-40  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
Missing Parameter Default Value(s)  
N/A.  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
N/A.  
Results Returned  
Result Code  
Condition  
OK  
Escape sequence recognized.  
Online-Command mode is active.  
None. Continue in Online  
mode.  
Escape sequence was not  
recognized.  
Asynchronous Data through Gateway IWF Commands  
These commands support asynchronous data connections.  
They have no effect locally. They are merely collected locally  
and sent to the Gateway IWF for processes at the beginning  
of an asynchronous data call.  
Set Remote Config String (+CFG)  
Syntax  
+CFG[=<string>|?]  
Description  
Sets the remote configuration string sent to the IWF. The  
string, up to and including the termination character but  
excluding the quote ("") characters, is stored by the modem  
and sent to the Gateway IWF prior to connecting an  
asynchronous data call (either mobile-originated or  
mobile-terminated).  
Each transmission of a +CFGcommand from the DTE replaces  
the contents of the previous string. The string may be up to  
248 characters long.  
+CFG?queries the current setting of the config <string>.  
+CFG=?is not a valid query and will return an ERROR  
result code.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Valid Value(s)  
Any valid combination of AT commands used to configure the  
IWF modem of an asynchronous data call.  
Missing Parameter Default Value(s)  
N/A  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
""  
empty string  
Results Returned  
Result Code  
OK  
Condition  
A valid quoted <string>was  
received and processed.  
ERROR  
Badly formatted <string>or  
syntax is not supported.  
+CFG: <string>  
OK  
?is used to query current setting  
enclosed in quotes ("").  
Data Compression Control Command (+DS)  
Syntax  
+DS[=[<dir>[,<comp_neg>[,<max_dict>[,<max_string>]]]  
]|?|=?]  
Description  
This extended-format compound parameter controls the  
V.42bis data compression function on the PSTN link between  
the Gateway IWF and the host modem (if provided in the  
IWF). It accepts four numeric subparameters:  
<dir>  
Specifies the desired direction(s) of operation  
of the data compression function from the  
DTE point of view.  
<comp_neg>  
Compression negotiation specifies whether or  
not the DCE should continue to operate if the  
desired result is not obtained.  
6-42  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
<max_dict>  
Specifies the maximum number of dictionary  
entries which should be negotiated (may be  
used by the DTE to limit the codeword size  
transmitted, based on its knowledge of the  
nature of the data to be transmitted).  
<max_string>  
Specifies the maximum string length to be  
negotiated (V.42bis P2).  
As shown in the syntax above, any of <dir>, <comp_neg>,  
<max_dict>or <max_str>may be optionally specified. If any  
parameter is left unspecified, its value is left unchanged. If all  
values are left unspecified then all are reset to their power-on  
default values.  
Optional parameters must be separated by commas. The  
commas act as place holders (in the command parser) for the  
missing optional parameter.  
+DS?queries for the current parameter value settings.  
+DS=?queries for the acceptable parameter ranges.  
Valid Value(s)  
<dir>:  
0
1
2
3
Negotiated...no compression (V.42bis P0=0)  
Transmit only  
Receive only  
Both directions, accept any direction (V.42bis P0=11)  
<comp_neg>:  
0
Do not disconnect if V.42bis is not negotiated by the  
remote DCE as specified in <dir>.  
1
Disconnect if V.42bis is not negotiated by the remote  
DCE as specified in <dir>.  
<max_dict>  
512-65535  
<max_string>  
6-250  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Missing Parameter Default Value(s)  
See “Description” above for values assumed when optional  
parameters are missing.  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
<dir>  
= 3  
<comp_neg>  
<max_dict>  
<max_string>  
= 0  
= 2048  
= 6  
Results Returned  
Result Code  
OK  
Condition  
Parameters are recognized and have  
been processed correctly.  
ERROR  
+DS:  
<dir>,<comp_neg>,  
<max_dict>,  
A parameter value was out of range  
or a syntax error was encountered.  
?is used to query current settings.  
<max_string>  
+DS: (0-3),(0-1),  
(512-65535),(6-250)  
=?is used to query acceptable range  
of parameters.  
OK  
6-44  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
Error Control Selection Command (+ES)  
Syntax  
+ES[=[<orig_rqst>[,<orig_fbk>[,<ans_fbk>]]]|?|=?]  
Description  
This extended-format compound parameter controls the  
manner of operation of the V.42 protocol on the PSTN link  
between the Gateway IWF and the host modem (if provided  
in the IWF). It accepts three numeric sub-parameters:  
<orig_rqst>  
<orig_fbk>  
<ans_fbk>  
Specifies the initial requested mode of  
operation when the IWF is operating as the  
originator.  
Specifies the acceptable fallback mode of  
operation when the IWF is operating as the  
originator.  
Specifies the acceptable fallback mode of  
operation when the IWF is operating as the  
answerer.  
As shown in the syntax above, any of <orig_rqst>,  
<orig_fbk>or <ans_fbk>may be optionally specified. If any  
parameter is left unspecified, its value is left unchanged. If all  
values are left unspecified then all are reset to their power-on  
default values.  
Optional parameters must be separated by commas. The  
commas act as place holders (in the command parser) for the  
missing optional parameter.  
+ES?queries for the current parameter value settings.  
+ES=?queries for the acceptable parameter ranges.  
Valid Value(s)  
<orig_rqst>:  
0
1
2
Direct mode.  
Initiate call with Buffered mode only.  
Initiate V.42 without Detection Phase. If V.8 is in  
use, this is a request to disable V.42 Detection Phase.  
3
4
Initiate V.42 with Detection Phase.  
Initiate Alternative Protocol.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
<orig_fbk>:  
0
1
2
Error control optional (either LAPM or Alternative  
acceptable); if error control not established, maintain  
DTE-DCE data rate and use V.14 buffered mode  
with flow control during non-error-control operation.  
Error control optional (either LAPM or Alternative  
acceptable); if error control not established, change  
DTE-DCE data rate to match line rate and use  
Direct mode.  
Error control required (either LAPM or Alternative  
acceptable); if error control not established,  
disconnect.  
3
4
Error control required (only LAPM acceptable); if  
error control not established, disconnect.  
Error control required (only Alternative protocol  
acceptable); if error control not established,  
disconnect.  
<ans_fbk>:  
0
1
2
Direct mode.  
Error control disabled, use Buffered mode.  
Error control optional (either LAPM or Alternative  
acceptable); if error control not established, maintain  
DTE-DCE data rate and use local buffering and flow  
control during non-error-control operation.  
3
4
Error control optional (either LAPM or Alternative  
acceptable); if error control not established, change  
DTE-DCE data rate to match line rate and use  
Direct mode.  
Error control required (either LAPM or Alternative  
acceptable); if error control not established,  
disconnect.  
5
6
Error control required (only LAPM acceptable); if  
error control not established, disconnect.  
Error control required (only Alternative protocol  
acceptable); if error control not established,  
disconnect.  
6-46  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
Missing Parameter Default Value(s)  
See “Description” above for values assumed when optional  
parameters are missing.  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
<orig_rqst>  
<orig_fbk>  
<ans_fbk>  
= 3  
= 0  
= 2  
Results Returned  
Result Code  
OK  
Condition  
Parameters are recognized and have  
been processed correctly.  
ERROR  
A parameter value was out of range  
or a syntax error was encountered.  
+ES: <orig_rqst>,  
<orig_fbk>,  
?is used to query current settings.  
<ans_fbk>  
+ES:  
=?is used to query acceptable range  
of parameters.  
(0-4),(0-4),(0-6)  
OK  
Modulation Selection Command (+MS)  
Syntax  
+MS[=[<carrier>[,<automode>[,<min_rate>[,<max_rate>  
[,<min_rx_rate>[,<max_rx_rate>]]]]]]|?|=?]  
Description  
This extended-format compound parameter is used to control  
the manner of operation of the of the modulation capabilities  
in the IWF (if provided in the IWF). It accepts a single,  
user-definable, string parameter that contain the parameters  
listed above. This string is sent to the Gateway IWF during  
configuration by the modem, but is otherwise not used locally.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Valid Value(s)  
<string>  
<user defined download string>  
Missing Parameter Default Value(s)  
"" empty string  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
"" empty string  
Results Returned  
Result Code  
OK  
Condition  
Parameters are recognized and have  
been processed correctly.  
ERROR  
A parameter value was out of range  
or a syntax error was encountered.  
+MS: <string>  
? is used to query current settings.  
Dormant Mode Commands  
Dormant mode allows the modem to disconnect the active  
data call, to save on over-the-air usage and charges, while  
allowing the Gateway to maintain the state of the current  
data call (e.g., assigned IP address). This allows for faster  
reconnects when more data packets need to be sent or  
received.  
The dormant mode AT commands are +CTAand $QCPKND. Also  
see DCE Received Line Signal Detector Behavior (&C) on page  
6-16.  
Dormant mode is not available for asynchronous calls.  
Note  
6-48  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
Set Dormant Mode Timeout Value (+CTA)  
Syntax  
+CTA[=<timeout>|?|=?]  
Description  
Sets/tests the number of seconds of inactivity (no incoming or  
outgoing PPP data) before the modem times out the active  
data call and transitions to dormant mode.  
This timeout is only valid while in Online mode of a data call.  
While in Online-Command mode, the +CTAidle timer is  
disabled. Upon re-entering Online mode the dormant mode  
timer is enabled and reset to restart the timeout period.  
Valid Value(s)  
0
Dormant mode timeouts are disabled. The Traffic  
Channel is not released during inactivity periods.  
10-255  
Release the Traffic Channel after <timeout>  
1-second intervals have elapsed since last sending or  
receiving RLP data frames on the Um interface.  
Missing Parameter Default Value(s)  
0
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
0
Results Returned  
Result  
Condition  
OK  
<timeout>is supported and set  
as the dormant mode timeout  
period.  
ERROR  
<timeout>is not supported and  
the dormant mode timeout period  
is left unchanged.  
+CTA: <timeout>  
?is used to query current setting.  
OK  
+CTA: (0, 10-255)  
=?is used to query acceptable  
range of the <timeout>  
parameter.  
OK  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Packet No Dial ($QCPKND)  
Syntax  
$QCPKND[=<mode>|?|=?]  
Description  
Modifies the behavior of the modem when it receives a data  
packet, while not in a data call. This allows the modem to  
originate (or not originate) a packet data call upon receipt of  
a packet without first receiving a Dial command. This feature  
is necessary for modem-reestablished dormant-mode packet  
data calls.  
Select option 0if you are making only packet data calls. Select  
option 2if mixing packet data calls and other types of data  
calls (e.g., asynchronous data). If you do not want dormant  
mode, select option 1.  
Valid Value(s)  
0
Disable Packet No Dial. If a packet is received by the  
modem while not in a data call, the modem  
originates a packet data call in the current mode,  
even though a Dial command was not received.  
1
2
Enable Packet No Dial. If a packet is received by the  
modem while not in a data call, the modem discards  
the packet and does nothing.  
Selective Packet No Dial. If the last data services call  
initiated with the Dial command was a packet data  
call, then upon receipt of a packet the modem  
originates a packet data call in the current mode. If  
the last data services call was NOT a packet data call  
(for example it was an asynchronous call), then upon  
receipt of a packet the modem discards the packet  
and does nothing.  
Missing Parameter Default Value(s)  
0
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
0
6-50  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
Results Returned  
Result Code  
OK  
Condition  
<mode>is supported and the PPP behavior  
is set.  
ERROR  
<mode>is not supported and the PPP  
behavior is left unchanged.  
$QCPKND:  
<mode>  
?is used to query current setting.  
OK  
$QCPKND: (0-2) =?is used to query acceptable range if the  
<mode> parameter  
OK  
SMS Commands  
The following commands access the Short Messaging Services  
(SMS) of the modem. SMS messages are stored in the modem  
until the user has retrieved and deleted them. They are  
presented through this interface as a list, sorted in the order  
received. The application can navigate the list and  
manipulate the list (print, lock and erase messages) using the  
following AT commands.  
SMS Move/Delete ($QCSMSM)  
Syntax  
$QCSMSM[=<move>|=[<move>],[<del>]|=?]  
Description  
Traverses the list of SMS messages, optionally moving in a  
specifiable direction and/or optionally deleting the current  
message before the move.  
This command takes up to two optional arguments for  
movement direction (<move>) and delete current message  
before move (<del>). If left unspecified, the <move>is  
assumed to be forward with no <del>.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Values  
<move>  
0
1
2
3
Move to the next message in the list.  
Move to the previous message in the list.  
Move to the top of the list.  
Move to the end of the list.  
<del>  
0
NO — Do NOT delete current message before  
movement.  
1
YES — DO delete current message before  
movement.  
Default Value(s)  
0,0  
Move to the next message and do not delete.  
Power-On Default  
None.  
Results Returned  
Result Code  
OK  
Description  
The move and/or delete operation was  
completed successfully.  
ERROR  
Incorrect syntax; unsupported <move>or  
<del>values; or the move or delete operation  
failed.  
SMS Print ($QCSMSP)  
Syntax  
$QCSMSP[=<tformat>]  
Description  
Sends a formatted, multi-line string representing the  
contents of the current SMS message to the DTE. As in the  
$QCTODcommand, an optional parameter can specify the  
format to be used when displaying the SMS message arrival  
time (see Time of Day ($QCTOD) on page 6-64).  
6-52  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
Values  
0
1
Same as Time-of-Day format ‘0’.  
Same as Time-of-Day format ‘1’.  
Default Value  
0
Power-On Default  
None.  
Results Returned  
Result Code  
Description  
<formatted  
message>  
If a current message exists then it will be  
formatted as described below with field  
definitions also given.  
OK  
The format of the message will be:  
INDEX:<Hexadecimal index>  
NEW:[<YES|NO>]  
LOCKED:[<YES|NO>]  
NUMBER:[<Call back #>]  
TYPE:[<Type>]  
PRIORITY:[<priority (4  
levels)>]  
TIME:[<Time Stamp>]  
LENGTH:[<decimal length of  
message>]  
MESSAGE:[<Message Data>]  
OK  
Each field of the given format is defined  
in Table 6-5, “SMS Print Command  
Field Definitions,” on page 6-54. This  
format was chosen to avoid confusion  
between message text and the OK. The  
LENGTHfield specifies the number of  
8-bit bytes in the MESSAGEfield.  
ERROR  
Unrecognized or unsupported syntax; or  
there are no messages in the phone.  
Format Field Definitions  
See Table 6-5.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-53  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Table 6-5. SMS Print Command Field Definitions  
Field Name  
Description  
INDEX:  
This field is a unique 32-bit value  
(expressed in Hex) given to each SMS  
message stored. It allows the SMS  
messages to be sorted according to their  
arrival time and not their time stamp. See  
the TIMEfield for a description of the  
issues around time stamps.  
NOTE: Although the INDEXfield is unique  
for SMS messages currently stored (it is  
initialized to a value one greater than the  
highest index currently stored), it can be  
repeated.  
Example: When the highest indexed SMS  
message is erased and the phone is  
immediately reset, then that index will be  
used again.  
NEW:  
The field indicates whether this message is  
a newly arrived (<NEW:YES>) message or  
one that has been previously read  
(<NEW:NO>). A message is marked read  
(<NEW:NO>) after the $QCSMPcommand is  
issued.  
LOCKED:  
This field indicates that the user has set  
the LOCKflag of the SMS message (See  
SMS Lock ($QCSMSL) on page 6-56 for  
details). The LOCKflag prevents a  
previously read message (<NEW:NO>) from  
being “autodeleted” from internal storage.  
Autodeletion is a mechanism by which old  
SMS messages are deleted without user  
intervention, when the SMS storage  
memory is full, to make room for a newly  
arrived message.  
NOTE: Locked messages (<LOCKED:YES>)  
can be manually deleted, by the user,  
without first unlocking the message  
(<LOCKED:NO>).  
NUMBER:  
This field is a sender- and application-  
specific “call back” phone number.  
6-54  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
Table 6-5. SMS Print Command Field Definitions (continued)  
Field Name  
Description  
TYPE:  
This field represents the SMS message  
type. Possible values are:  
SMSI_CPT_95  
SMSI_CMT_95  
SMSI_VMN_95  
SMSI_CMT_91_CLI  
SMSI_CMT_91_VOICE_MAIL  
SMSI_CMT_91_SHORT_MSG  
SMSI_AWI_95  
PRIORITY:  
TIME:  
This field represents the priority of the  
received SMS message. The IS-637  
standard allows for four (4) levels of  
priority; 0 being the lowest and 3 being the  
highest.  
This field is a time stamp placed on the  
SMS message, either by the Message  
Center (that sent it) or by the modem (if the  
message was received with no time stamp  
attached). If the Message Center attached  
the time stamp it will represent the time  
the message was initially sent. If, however,  
the modem attaches the time stamp, it will  
represent the time the message was  
received (for storage).  
Although the IS-637 standard requires the  
message center time stamp to be specified  
in UTC, it is known that some Service  
Providers’ message centers use local time.  
Because this condition cannot be detected  
and/or corrected automatically, a  
user-selectable (per NAM) switch was  
implemented to set whether the received  
time stamp was adjusted to UTC or not.  
NOTE: Whether the time stamp  
represents time sent or arrival time is not  
stored, and so cannot be determined by the  
user.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-55  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Table 6-5. SMS Print Command Field Definitions (continued)  
Field Name  
Description  
LENGTH:  
This field is the decimal count of the  
number of 8-bit bytes in the SMS message  
MESSAGEfield.  
MESSAGE  
This field is the user data payload sent in  
the SMS message. Normally this field is  
text data such as a page or e-mail.  
However, for purposes of the Data Services  
it can contain application-specific binary  
data as well.  
SMS Lock ($QCSMSL)  
Syntax  
$QCSMSL[=<lock>]  
Description  
Lock or unlock (that is, set or clear the LOCKflag of) the  
current SMS message. When a message is locked, it will not  
be “autodeleted.”  
“Autodelete” is a mechanism used to make room for newly  
arriving SMS messages, if storage memory is needed, by  
erasing OLD (previously read) text messages.  
The user may delete locked messages without unlocking them.  
Note  
Values  
0
1
Unlock the current message (clear the lock flag).  
Lock the current message (set the lock flag).  
Default Value  
1
Lock the current message.  
Power-On Default  
N/A.  
6-56  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
Results Returned  
Result Code  
OK  
Description  
The requested operation was successful.  
ERROR  
If an illegal value is detected or any error  
associated with changing the value of the LOCK  
flag.  
SMS Alert ($QCSMSA)  
Syntax  
$QCSMSA[=<alert>|?|=?]  
Description  
This command sets whether the DTE is “alerted” of the  
arrival of a new SMS message. This “Alert” takes the form of  
sending an unsolicited result code (SMS) out the Rm interface  
to the DTE (much the same as a RINGindication for incoming  
calls). The destination port for the SMSresult code is the active  
AT command port.  
Values  
0
1
Asynchronous messaging will be turned OFF.  
Asynchronous messaging will be turned ON.  
Default Value  
0
Power-On Default  
0
Results Returned  
Result Code  
OK  
Condition  
<alert>is recognized and supported.  
<alert>is not supported and ignored.  
ERROR  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-57  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
SMS Info ($QCSMSI)  
Syntax  
$QCSMSI  
Description  
Returns the current state of the SMS database. This state  
includes the counts of the list storage areas: NEW URGENT, NEW,  
OLDand VMN. The VMN count will always be 0 because any  
arriving VMN messages will not be stored.  
Values  
None.  
Default Value  
None.  
Power-On Default  
None.  
Results Returned  
Result Code  
Condition  
<SMS Info>  
The operation completed successfully (see  
below for details on format).  
OK  
Where <SMS Info>is a series of formatted  
lines indicating the current state of the SMS  
message database. The format is given below  
with field descriptions given in Table 6-6,  
“SMS Info Command Field Definitions,” on  
page 6-59.  
TOTAL:<total saved>  
URGENT:<total new urgent>  
NEW:<total new>  
OLD:<total old>  
VMN:<total vmn> (always ’0’)  
LOCKED:<total locked>  
OK  
ERROR  
An unrecognized or unsupported syntax was  
entered.  
6-58  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
Format Field Definitions  
Table 6-6. SMS Info Command Field Definitions  
Field Name  
Description  
TOTAL:  
The total number of SMS messages saved  
in internal storage.  
URGENT:  
NEW:  
The total number of NEW SMS messages  
marked URGENT.  
The total number of NEW SMS messages  
not marked URGENT.  
OLD:  
VMN:  
The total number of OLD/Read messages.  
The total number of VMN messages  
(always ‘0’).  
LOCKED:  
The total number of messages (OLDor NEW)  
that have been LOCKED against  
“autodelete.”  
Error Log Services Commands  
Retrieve Error Log ($QCERR)  
Syntax  
$QCERR  
Description  
Returns the modem’s error log and build information.  
Values  
None.  
Default Value  
None.  
Power-On Default  
None.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-59  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Results Returned  
Result Code  
Description  
<Error Log  
Info>  
If the requested operation was performed.  
OK  
ERROR  
An unrecognized syntax was entered.  
Clear Error Log ($QCCLR)  
Syntax  
$QCCLR  
Description  
Clears the error log.  
Values  
None.  
Default Value  
None.  
Power-On Default  
None.  
Results Returned  
Result Code  
OK  
Condition  
The Error Log was successfully cleared.  
An unrecognized syntax was entered.  
ERROR  
6-60  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
Service Status Commands  
Service Alert ($QCSA)  
Syntax  
$QCSA[=<alert>|?|=?]  
Description  
Turns ON or OFF the unsolicited result code “alerting” the  
DTE of service changes. Changes may include items such as  
fade, acquisition, roaming, etc. This “Alert” takes the form of  
sending an unsolicited result code (SERVICE) out the Rm  
interface to the DTE (much the same as a RINGindication for  
incoming calls). The destination port for the SMSresult code is  
the active AT command port.  
Values  
0
1
Turns OFF service alert.  
Turns ON service alert.  
Default Value  
0
Power-On Default  
0
Results Returned  
Result Code  
OK  
Condition  
<alert>is recognized and supported  
ERROR  
An unrecognized syntax or an invalid <alert>  
value was entered.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-61  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Service Status ($QCSTATUS)  
Syntax  
$QCSTATUS  
Description  
Returns the current status of the modem. Information  
returned includes whether the modem sees a Gateway, the  
signal strength (RSSI), registration status, current call state,  
roaming, and so on.  
Values  
None.  
Default Value  
None.  
Power-On Default  
None.  
Results Returned  
Result Code  
Condition  
<Service  
Status>  
The operation completed successfully (see  
below for format; see Table 6-7 for output  
values).  
OK  
ERROR  
An unrecognized or unsupported syntax  
was entered.  
Where <Service Status>is a series of formatted lines  
indicating the Service State of the modem. The format and  
description of the output elements are:  
SERVICE AVAILABLE:<YES|NO>  
SERVICE MODE:<mode>  
PROVIDER:<provider>  
GATEWAY:<gateway>  
RSSI:<rssi>  
REGISTRATION:<reg_status>  
ROAMING:<YES|NO>  
CALL STATE:<state>  
CALL TYPE:<call_type>  
CALL DURATION:<duration>  
CALL NUMBER:<number>  
BATTERY CHARGE:<percentage>  
OK  
6-62  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
Table 6-7. Modem Status Information  
SERVICE  
AVAILABLE:  
YESif the modem has acquired Globalstar  
service; otherwise NO.  
SERVICE MODE:  
Current service mode:  
NO_MODE  
AUTOMATIC  
GLOBALSTAR  
DEEP_SLEEP  
SHUTDOWN  
SOFT_RESET  
LPM  
ANY_MODE  
RESELECTION_NEXT  
PROVIDER:  
GATEWAY:  
RSSI:  
Current Service Provider; or blank.  
Gateway number in decimal; or -1.  
Received signal strength, from 0 to 4:  
0=no signal  
4=strong signal  
REGISTRATION:  
ROAMING:  
Current registration status of the modem  
with the Gateway:  
NO=not registered  
YES=registered  
YESif roaming. NOotherwise.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-63  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Table 6-7. Modem Status Information (continued)  
CALL STATE:  
Current call state:  
IDLE  
SETUP_ORIG  
SILENTRETRY  
SETUP_TERM  
AUTORETRY  
CALLINPROG  
HPSE_RESUME  
MULTITONE  
TIMEPAUSE  
CALL TYPE:  
Service Option used in the current call:  
SIGNALING  
VOICE(not applicable for data modem)  
MARKOV  
LOOPBACK  
TIA_PPP  
TIA_ASYNC  
(or blank if no call is in progress)  
CALL DURATION:  
Duration of the ongoing call or the last  
completed call; or 0 if no call has been made  
since power up  
CALL NUMBER:  
Most recently called or currently calling  
number.  
BATTERY CHARGE:  
Percentage of battery life remaining.  
Special Calls and Services Commands  
Time of Day ($QCTOD)  
Syntax  
$QCTOD[=<tformat|=?>]  
6-64  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
Description  
Exports the time of day as received from the Globalstar  
system. The application can use this to obtain an accurate  
time.  
Values  
0
1
Format type 0 [see below]  
Format type 1 [see below]  
Default Value  
0
Power-On Default  
None.  
Results Returned  
Result Code  
Condition  
<Formatted TOD> <tformat>was a valid format specifier.  
The TODstring has two possible formats:  
OK  
NOTE: The time is reported in UTC.  
Format 0:  
<YYYY>:<DOY> <HH:MM:SS>  
Format 1:  
<DD> <MM> <YYYY> <HH:MM:SS>  
The format fields have the following  
definitions:  
<YYYY>  
<DOY>  
Year  
Day of Year (starting with 0  
for Jan 1)  
<HH>  
<MM>  
<SS>  
<DD>  
Hours, 24 hour format  
Minutes  
Seconds  
Day of month, same as  
standard calendar days  
<MM>  
Numeric month, starting  
at 1  
ERROR  
An unsupported syntax or <tformat>was  
entered. Or unable to report time because  
the system has not been acquired yet.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-65  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Position Location Service ($QCPLS)  
Syntax  
$QCPLS[=<position type>|=[<position type>],[<time  
format>]|=?]  
Description  
Returns the current position of the modem and the time (in  
UTC) that the position information was acquired. $QCPLS=?  
queries for the acceptable ranges of <position type>and  
<time format>.  
If additional characters are received on the same port while this  
command is processing, the command will be aborted.  
Note  
Note  
As shown in the syntax above, either <position type>or <time  
format>can be optionally specified. If only one value is specified then  
the other is left unchanged. If both values are left unspecified then both  
are reset to their power-on default values. Optional parameters must be  
separated by commas. The commas act as place holders (in the  
command parser) for the missing optional parameter.  
Values  
<position type>  
0
1
Request the current position.  
Get the last position successfully obtained.  
<time format>  
0
1
TOD format ‘0’  
(See Time of Day ($QCTOD) on page 6-64.)  
TOD format ‘1’  
(See Time of Day ($QCTOD) on page 6-64.)  
Default Value(s)  
<position type>  
0
<time format>  
0
6-66  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
Power-On Default  
None.  
Results Returned  
Result Code  
Condition  
N: DDD MM SS  
W: DDD MM SS  
<position type>was a valid  
position type specifier.  
The format of position is given as  
DEGREES (DDD), MINUTES (MM) and  
SECONDS (SS) for both Longitude  
(N:) and Latitude (W:) coordinates.  
TIME:<time of  
position>  
The time of the position measurement  
(TIME:) is also returned to the DTE  
and follows the format of the Time of  
Day (TOD) return value (specified in  
Time of Day ($QCTOD) on page 6-64).  
The requested format is specified  
using the second <time format>  
parameter to the command.  
ERR:<positioning  
error>  
The positioning error (i.e., estimated  
accuracy) of the returned position.  
(ERR:) is specified in units of distance  
rather than percent. The possible  
return values are:  
OK  
< 300m (meters)  
< 1km  
< 2km  
< 5km  
< 10km  
< 20km  
< 100km  
ERROR  
An unsupported syntax was entered.  
Or unable to determine the current  
position, or there is no previous  
position to fetch.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-67  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Markov Statistics ($QCMSTATS)  
Syntax  
$QCMSTATS  
Description  
Returns the statistics from the last Markov call, or the  
current statistics from a Markov call in progress.  
Values  
None.  
Default Value  
None.  
Power-On Default  
None.  
Results Returned  
Result Code  
Condition  
<Markov Stats>  
The statistics of the previous Markov call (or  
current call if one is in progress).  
OK  
Note: The statistics may not be saved over a  
power-down or reboot of the modem.  
The format of the <Markov Stats>return  
strings is as follows (all returned statistics are  
in Hex):  
<Markov Stats>  
MARKOV RATE:  
BIT FRAMES:  
BAD FRAMES:  
TOTAL FRAMES:  
TOTAL FRAMES:  
EXPECTED/RECEIVED RATE:  
(expected rates frames are on the vertical axis;  
received rate frames are on the horizontal axis,  
going from zero to full in each case)  
GOOD FRAMES:  
(frame rate order: zero quarter half full)  
ERASURES:  
(frame rate order: zero quarter half full)  
If no current <Markov Stats>are available  
(either from a previous or current call) for  
whatever reason, the <Markov Stats>table is  
filled with zeros.  
ERROR  
An unsupported syntax was entered.  
6-68  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
Set Mode ($QCMODE)  
Syntax  
$QCMODE[=<mode>|?|=?]  
Description  
This command sets the modem’s call mode. It does not affect  
the Rm interface baud rate (set by the +IPRcommand, as  
described on page 6-38).  
When the modem is powered up, the modem call mode is set to 1  
(auto-detect mode). However, when the modem is reset by the Z  
command, the current call mode is left unchanged. Resetting with the  
&Fcommand does reset the call mode.  
Note  
Values(s)  
1
2
Auto-detect Mode  
Globalstar Only Mode  
Since the GSP-1620 modem is single-mode (Globalstar only),  
“Auto-detect Mode” has the same effect as “Globalstar Only Mode.” The  
GSP-1600 Tri-Mode Phone has two additional modes: digital cellular  
and analog cellular.  
Note  
Missing Parameter Default Value(s)  
1
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
1
Results Returned  
Result  
Condition  
OK  
<mode>is supported and Call  
Mode is set.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-69  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Result  
Condition  
ERROR  
<mode>is not supported and Call  
Mode is left unchanged.  
$QCMODE:<mode>  
?is used to query current setting.  
OK  
$QCMODE:(1-2)  
=?is used to query acceptable  
range of the <mode>parameter.  
OK  
Protocol Stack Modification Commands  
We strongly recommend that you do not use these commands if you do  
not have a thorough understanding of what they do and of how TCP  
networking works.  
Caution  
TCP is used to ensure end-to-end integrity of data on the  
over-the-air link in an asynchronous data call. These  
commands allow modification of the TCP stacks between the  
modem and the Gateway IWF.  
Improperly setting these commands can cause severe performance  
degradation.  
Caution  
TCP Stack Changes ($QCTCP)  
Syntax  
$QCTCP[=<tcpmod>|[=<tcpmod>[,<lowertxmss>[,  
<uppertxmss>[,<rxmss>[,<minrto>[,<maxrto>[,<minato>[  
,<maxato>[,<maxtcpbackoff>]]]]]]]]]|?|=?]  
Description  
Allows you to modify the behavior of the TCP stack by  
accessing to several variables that control it. This includes  
the ability to change the maximum segment size for both  
transmit and receive, as well as the ability to change the  
values controlling the retransmit timer, and the  
acknowledgment timer.  
6-70  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
As shown in the syntax above, any of the parameters can be optionally  
specified. Any unspecified value is left unchanged. Optional parameters  
must be separated by commas. The commas act as place holders (in  
the command parser) for the missing optional parameters.  
Note  
<tcpmod>  
Defines whether or not to use the default  
TCP values, or to use the values passed in.  
<lowertxmss>  
<uppertxmss>  
Sets the lower bound for outgoing TCP  
packet sizes.  
Sets the upper bound for outgoing TCP  
packet sizes. The variable can be  
overwritten during TCP negotiation if the  
other end of the connection sets a TCP MSS  
lower than this value.  
<rxmss>  
Sets the size for the incoming TCP MSS.  
<minrto>  
Sets the minimum value for the range used  
to calculate the retransmit timeout.  
<maxrto>  
<minato>  
<maxato>  
Sets the maximum value for the range used  
to calculate the retransmit timeout.  
Set the minimum value for the range used  
to calculate the acknowledgment timeout.  
Sets the maximum values for the range  
used to calculate the acknowledgment  
timeout.  
<tcpmaxbackoff> Sets the number of TCP backoffs allowed  
before tearing down the connection. A value  
of zero will keep the phone from tearing  
down the call based on the number of TCP  
backoffs.  
If <tcpmod>is equal to one, the values in the rest of the  
variables are put into effect. If <tcpmod>is set to zero, the rest  
of the values entered into the AT command are ignored, and  
the default values are restored to the internal variables.  
Valid Value(s)  
<tcpmod>  
0
1
Use the default values for the TCP stack.  
Use the values passed in for the TCP stack.  
<lowertxmss>  
0-1500 Lower bound for the transmit MSS  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-71  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
<uppertxmss>  
0-1500  
Upper bound for the transmit MSS  
<rxmss>  
0-1500  
Receive MSS requested  
<minrto>  
0-120000 Minimum Retransmit Timeout (in ms)  
<maxrto>  
0-120000 Maximum Retransmit Timeout (in ms)  
<minato>  
0-1000  
Minimum Acknowledgment Timeout (in ms)  
Maximum Acknowledgment Timeout (in ms)  
<maxato>  
0-6000  
<maxtcpbackoff>  
0
TCP backoffs will never release call.  
Number of TCP backoffs before terminating call.  
1-100  
Missing Parameter Default Value(s)  
See “Description” above for values assumed when optional  
parameters are missing.  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
<tcpmod>  
= 0  
<lowertxmss>  
<uppertxmss>  
<rxmss>  
= 536  
= 536  
= 536  
= 500  
= 6000  
= 100  
= 6000  
<minrto>  
<maxrto>  
<minato>  
<maxato>  
<tcpmaxbackoff> = 0  
6-72  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
AT Command Reference  
Results Returned  
Result Code  
OK  
Condition  
The values entered into the  
command were correct.  
ERROR  
Incorrect syntax, value out of range,  
or incorrect number of parameters  
$QCTCP: <tcpmod>,  
<lowertxmss>,  
<uppertxmss>,  
? is used to query current setting.  
<rxmss>,<minrto>,  
<maxrto>,<minato>,  
<maxato>,  
<tcpmaxbackoff>  
$QCTCP: (0-1),  
=? is used to query acceptable range  
if the <value> parameter  
(0-1500), (0,1500),  
(0-1500),(0-54464),  
(0-54464),(0-1000),  
(0-6000),(0-100)  
Use Van Jacobsen Header Compression ($QCVJ)  
Syntax  
$QCVJ[=<usevj>|?|=?]  
Description  
Allows Van Jacobsen header compression to be turned on or  
off for the next negotiated connection.  
Valid Value(s)  
<usevj>  
0
1
Turn Van Jacobsen header compression off.  
Use Van Jacobsen header compression.  
Missing Parameter Default Value(s)  
1
Use Van Jacobsen header compression.  
Power-On/Reset Default Value(s)  
<usevj>  
= 1  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
6-73  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Results Returned  
Result Code  
OK  
Condition  
The requested operation was successful.  
If an illegal value is detected  
ERROR  
$QCVJ: <usevj> ?Is used to query current <usevj>value.  
$QCVJ: (0-1)  
=?is used to query acceptable range of  
parameters.  
6-74  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7
INTEGRATING GSP-1620 MODEMS  
INTO OEM PRODUCTS  
OEMs can buy QUALCOMM Globalstar GSP-1620 Satellite  
Data Modems in bulk direct from QUALCOMM, then  
integrate them into market-specific products. Bulk modems  
come with antennas, but not cables.  
As an OEM, you provide custom modem and antenna cables  
as appropriate to your specific products. You must also mount  
the modem boards in protective enclosures, which field  
technicians can then install on-site, connected to antennas.  
This chapter is intended for  
OEMs who integrate GSP-1620 modem hardware into  
products (for example, oil pipeline monitors)  
Field technicians who install those products on site  
It is assumed that OEMs and field technicians can work  
directly from the technical specifications. This chapter  
contains the following information:  
Integrating modems into products  
Hardware description of the modem, including  
mechanical descriptions; specifications;Data, Control  
and Diagnostic port signaling and pinouts; DC power;  
and grounding information  
Guidelines for mounting modems in enclosures  
Mounting antennas on-site  
Antenna specifications  
Antenna cable specifications and lengths  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
7-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Positioning antennas for Globalstar service, and  
mounting and sealing antennas  
Environmental specifications for the GSP-1620 modem  
and antenna  
For your safety and to avoid potential damage to the equipment,  
observe the Cautions and Warnings on page xxiv.  
Caution  
Caution  
When integrating the GSP-1620 modem and its antenna into OEM  
products, be sure to abide by all RF restrictions as described in  
Appendix B.  
Integrating Modems into Products  
This section describes the QUALCOMM Globalstar  
GSP-1620 Satellite Data Modem hardware, including  
mechanical descriptions of the modem, its Data, Control and  
Diagnostic port signals and pinouts, DC power, and  
grounding.  
Using this information for your specific products, you can  
create custom cables, which connect a modem (the DCE) to:  
A terminal or processor (the DTE) running custom  
application software for your product — using the Data  
port only, or both Data and Control ports  
An appropriate DC power source  
A Dielectric Resonator Antenna (DRA) — for information  
about installing antennas and calculating cable lengths,  
see Mounting Antennas On-Site on page 7-22.  
This section also describes the Diagnostic port, although typically it is  
used only during development and for service programming.  
Note  
7-2  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrating GSP-1620 Modems into OEM Products  
Modem Mechanical Description  
The GSP-1620 modem is a sandwich made of two circuit card  
assemblies (CCAs) that are open and unprotected. As a  
result, the GSP-1620 modem must be shielded from direct  
impacts, precipitation, and particulates.  
I/O is obtained through four connectors:  
Power, Data, and Control functions are accessed via a  
25-pin “D” style connector.  
Globalstar RF transmit signals are routed to an  
MCX-style coaxial connector (labeled J3 on the board).  
Globalstar RF receive signals are routed to an MCX-style  
coaxial connector (labeled J7 on the board).  
The Diagnostic port interface is a 9-pin “D” style  
connector.  
Modem Board Layout  
This section includes the following technical drawings  
depicting the modem:  
GSP-1620 Modem Board Layout (Top View), Figure 7-1  
GSP-1620 Modem Board Layout (Side and Bottom View),  
Figure 7-2  
In Figure 7-1 and Figure 7-2, dimensions are shown as: millimeters  
[inches]. Millimeters are the controlling dimensions on these drawings.  
Inch dimensions are for reference only.  
Note  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
7-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Figure 7-1. GSP-1620 Modem Board Layout (Top View)  
75.00  
[2.95]  
31.18  
[1.228]  
11.84  
[.466]  
190.00  
[7.480]  
A
158.75  
[6.250]  
127.50  
[5.019]  
A
A
7.28  
[.287]  
37.51  
[1.477]  
7.27  
[.286]  
Holes marked “A” connect to chassis ground.  
7-4  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrating GSP-1620 Modems into OEM Products  
Figure 7-2. GSP-1620 Modem Board Layout (Side/ Bottom Views)  
180.00  
[7.087]  
100.00  
[3.937]  
14.04  
[.553]  
6X ø 3.50  
[.138]  
5.00  
[.197]  
17.16  
[.676]  
67.00  
[2.638]  
4.00  
[.157]  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
7-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Modem Dimensions and Weight  
Modem dimensions are 190 x 75 x 17 millimeters (7.48 x 2.95  
x 0.68 inches).  
Modem weight is less than 180 grams (6.3 ounces).  
Modem Antenna Connectors  
The GSP-1620 modem has two (2) MCX snap-in connectors  
for the antenna leads, connecting the DRA antenna to the  
modem:  
Transmit (Tx) lead is labeled J3.  
Receive (Rx) lead is labeled J7.  
When you connect antenna cables, be careful to connect the Tx  
connector on the antenna to the Tx connector (J3) on the modem, and  
the Rx connector on the antenna to the Rx connector (J7) on the  
modem. Crossing the Tx and Rx cables can damage the modem.  
Caution  
Caution  
The MCX connectors are secured only by a solder joint and are not  
designed to withstand excessive force. When cables are connected to  
these connectors, care must be taken to ensure adequate strain relief is  
provided.  
Data and Control Ports  
The Data and Control ports are combined into a single DB-25  
male upright connector, which provides the primary user  
interface:  
The connector contains two (2) 9-pin serial ports, DC  
power leads, and a reset lead.  
Line speed for the Data port is variable between 300 bps  
and 115.2 kbps. (This is different from the over-the-air  
Data port rate, which is 9600 bps.)  
Line speed for the Control port is fixed at 9600 bps.  
Signaling uses 8 bits, no parity and 1 stop bit (8,N,1).  
All ports are ESD and short-circuit protected.  
7-6  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrating GSP-1620 Modems into OEM Products  
The modem signal naming convention assumes that the modem is the  
DCE and that the user application is the DTE.  
Note  
DTR/DSR Signal and Power On/Off  
An active DTR on any of the three serial ports (Data, Control  
or Diagnostic) turns on the GSP-1620 modem (if DC power is  
applied first). The modem then boots up from the shut-down  
state and asserts DSR to indicate that it is booted up and  
ready to communicate.  
The modem starts its power-down sequence only after the  
DTR lines on all three serial ports connected to the modem  
are de-asserted for a minimum of one second. Just before the  
modem powers off, it de-asserts DSR to let the application  
know that it is okay to remove DC power to the modem  
without risk of losing volatile data.  
This mode of operation is useful in cases where power to the  
modem as well as the rest of the system might be turned off  
periodically to conserve battery power.  
In case the modem “hangs up” and the watchdog circuit does  
not reset the modem, you can reset the modem by pulling the  
MODULE_RESET_Nlow for a period of 5 seconds or more and  
releasing it to allow it to float. Pulling the line low has the  
effect of a power-on reset and not just a watchdog reset.  
The watchdog circuit is internal to the modem and is a protection against  
a possible crash of the modem software. The RESET line should be  
used only as a last-resort method of resetting the modem when the  
application is sure that the modem is not responding to any commands.  
Asserting the RESET line can result in loss of non-volatile data,  
including the current state of the modem.  
Caution  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
7-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Changing Data and Control Port Configuration  
You may change the Data and Control port configuration at  
any time, provided that the following requirements are met:  
The minimum hold time for both asserting and  
de-asserting either port DTR is 10 milliseconds.  
The minimum time from asserting DTR to data  
transmission is 10 milliseconds.  
If these minimum times are not observed, AT command  
processing may be affected. The maximum time for holding  
all DTRs de-asserted is one second. If this time is exceeded,  
the modem will begin its power-down sequence.  
Whenever the DTR signal of the Data or Control port has  
been de-asserted for a period of 10 seconds, the GSP-1620  
modem shuts down the port’s RS-232 transmitter to conserve  
power. This causes the port’s DSR signal to be de-asserted.  
The effects of changing the port configuration are detailed in  
Port Activation (DTR) Changes during Operation on page  
5-15.  
Control Port Signals  
The Control port (CP) is an RS-232-level asynchronous  
interface operating at 9600 bps using Transmit Data (TxD),  
Receive Data (RxD), Data Terminal Ready (DTR), Data Set  
Ready (DSR), and Signal Common (GND).  
RxD and TxD perform data transfer and handshaking, while  
DTR is used to turn on the modem and to let it know that  
there is an application waiting to talk to it.  
The Control port specifically allows dedicated usage of the  
Data Port by the application. It allows all AT commands,  
modem alerting, and SMS messages to be sent  
simultaneously via a separate “control” port to/from the  
modem. This separation of functionality is especially useful in  
dormant mode, when the application and host sessions are  
active, and thus the Data port appears active/in use, although  
a Globalstar traffic channel is not up (no “In Call Status  
Message”).  
7-8  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrating GSP-1620 Modems into OEM Products  
The Control port is “enabled” by asserting DTR on the Control  
port.  
In case of a reboot (due to fatal errors or any other reason),  
the DSR line will be set inactive so that the user application  
can detect a reset condition and take the necessary action.  
Data Port Signals  
The Data port (DP) is a hardware-flow controlled, RS-232  
level, asynchronous serial interface:  
The Data port uses the following RS-232 leads for  
operations: Transmit Data (TxD), Receive Data (RxD),  
Clear To Send (CTS), Data Terminal Ready (DTR), Data  
Set Ready (DSR), Ready to Send (RTS), Data Carrier  
Detect (DCD), Ring Indicator (RI), and Signal Common  
(GND).  
The format for data on the Data port is 8 bits, no parity  
and 1 stop bit.  
The baud rate is user-configurable to selected rates from  
300 bps to 115.2 kbps. The baud rate is adjustable in  
software.  
In case of a reboot (due to fatal errors or any other  
reason), the DCD and DSR lines will be set inactive so  
that the user application can detect a reset condition and  
take the necessary action.  
Functionally, the Data port integrates AT commands and  
alert messages as well as application data traffic.  
DB-25 Data and Control Port Pinouts  
Table 7-1 provides detailed information about the Interface  
connector pinouts.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
7-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Table 7-1. Interface Connector Pinouts  
Pin  
Number  
Signal Name Signal  
Level  
Direction  
User <-> Modem  
Description  
1
Chassis  
Ground  
-
Chassis Ground  
Isolated chassis ground  
2
3
4
5
6
DP_TXD  
DP_RXD  
DP_RTS  
DP_CTS  
DP_DSR  
RS-232  
RS-232  
RS-232  
RS-232  
RS-232  
DTE -> DCE  
DTE <- DCE  
DTE -> DCE  
DTE <- DCE  
DTE <- DCE  
Data port TXD  
Data port RXD  
Data port RTS  
Data port CTS  
This pin is the DSR for the  
Data port and is asserted  
when the modem detects  
activity on the Data port  
and is ready to  
communicate with the  
DTE over this port. This  
signal is de-asserted when  
the modem detects no  
activity on the Data port;  
or is de-asserted as an  
acknowledgment to the  
user, indicating that the  
modem has completed its  
power- down sequence  
after the DTR lines of all  
serial ports have  
de-asserted.  
7
Ground  
Ground  
RS-232  
Ground return  
DTE <- DCE  
Ground return  
Data port DCD  
Modem power  
Modem power  
Ground return  
Control port DTR  
8
DP_DCD  
9
DC_POWER 5.6V-16V  
DC_POWER 5.6V-16V  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
Ground  
Ground  
RS-232  
Reserved  
RS-232  
Ground return  
DTE -> DCE  
Reserved  
CP_DTR  
Reserved  
CP_TXD  
DTE -> DCE  
Control port TXD  
7-10  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrating GSP-1620 Modems into OEM Products  
Table 7-1. Interface Connector Pinouts (continued)  
Pin  
Number  
Signal Name Signal  
Level  
Direction  
User <-> Modem  
Description  
15  
CP_DSR  
RS-232  
DTE <- DCE  
This pin is the DSR for the  
Control port and is  
asserted when the modem  
detects activity on the  
Control port and is ready  
to communicate with the  
DTE over this port. This  
signal is de-asserted when  
the modem detects no  
activity on the Control  
port; or is de-asserted as  
an acknowledgment to the  
user, indicating that the  
modem has completed its  
power- down sequence as  
no active DTR lines were  
seen on the serial ports.  
16  
17  
CP_RXD  
MIC_P  
RS-232  
Analog  
DTE <- DCE  
Control port RXD  
Input to modem  
Analog Microphone Input  
(Reserved for Future Use)  
18  
MIC_N  
Analog  
Input to modem  
Analog Microphone Input  
(Reserved for Future Use)  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
Reserved  
DP_DTR  
Ground  
DP_RI  
Reserved  
RS-232  
Ground  
RS-232  
Analog  
Reserved  
DTE -> DCE  
Ground return  
DTE <- DCE  
Data port DTR  
Ground return  
Data Port RI  
SPKR_P  
Output from  
modem  
Analog speaker output  
(Reserved for Future Use)  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
7-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Table 7-1. Interface Connector Pinouts (continued)  
Pin  
Number  
Signal Name Signal  
Level  
Direction  
User <-> Modem  
Description  
24  
SPKR_N  
Analog  
Output from  
modem  
Analog speaker output  
(Reserved for Future Use)  
25  
MODULE_  
RESET_N  
TTL  
Input to modem  
Hard reset of the modem,  
inverted logic. This line  
should be left floating for  
normal modem operation.  
In case the application  
detects that the modem is  
not responding, it can  
initiate a hard reset of the  
modem by pulling this line  
low (below 0.3V) for more  
than 5 seconds. The  
modem will reboot after  
the line is allowed to float.  
Diagnostic Port  
The Diagnostic port consists of a single DE-9 male upright  
connector, located on the right side of the GSP-1620 modem  
(see Figure 7-1).  
By connecting a Diagnostic cable (included in the Modem  
Integrator’s Kit) or a custom cable to the Diagnostic port,  
you can:  
Service-program a modem or upgrade its software, using  
the Globalstar User Terminal Program Support Tool  
(UTPST).  
Monitor or verify some modem functions, using the  
QUALCOMM Globalstar Modem Operation Monitor.  
Normal field usage does not require that a cable be connected to the  
Diagnostic port on the modem, since the port is typically used for  
development and programming only.  
Note  
The Diagnostic cable includes a switch box that controls  
whether the cable’s DTR (Data Terminal Ready) signal is  
asserted (“POS 1 DTR to GND”) or de-asserted (“POS 2 DTR  
Open” or “POS 3 Not Used”). When DTR is asserted, the  
modem powers up immediately if power is provided. Before  
7-12  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrating GSP-1620 Modems into OEM Products  
powering down the modem with this cable attached, you must  
set this switch to “POS 2” or “POS 3.” (“POS 2” and “POS 3”  
are functionally equivalent.) For more information about  
using the Diagnostic cable, see Connecting the Diagnostic  
Cable on page 2-7.  
For more information about the UTPST, see UTPST Overview on page  
3-2. For more information about the Operation Monitor, see the  
QUALCOMM Globalstar Modem Operation Monitor User Guide  
(80-99399-1).  
Note  
Diagnostic Port Pinouts  
Table 7-2 on page 7-14 provides detailed information about  
the Diagnostic port pinouts.  
The Diagnostic port uses un-translated 3.3V TTL levels. In  
Table 7-2, all signals are TTL levels unless otherwise  
specified.  
All pins on the Diagnostic port are ESD protected but not short-circuit  
protected. Care must be taken when using these pins to avoid any short  
circuits to Ground/Power.  
Caution  
Note  
Hardware flow control is required on the Diagnostic port. If the two flow  
control pins are not implemented by the user, the Diagnostic port may  
not function correctly.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
7-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Table 7-2. Diagnostic Port Pinouts  
Pin  
Signal Name  
Direction  
Description  
Number  
User <-> Modem  
1
2
Ground  
Ground return  
Ground return  
DM_RXD  
Output from  
modem  
Diagnostic port RXD  
3
4
DM_TXD  
Input to modem  
Input to modem  
Diagnostic port TXD  
Diagnostic port DTR  
DM_DTR_N  
The DTR line has only one function:  
to turn on the modem when power is  
applied but no other device is  
connected. When DTR is asserted, the  
modem powers up immediately if  
power is provided.  
Pulled high to input voltage through  
a 47K resistor in the modem.  
5
6
Ground  
Ground return  
Ground return  
Input DC POWER Input/Output  
Used for an active translator  
Diagnostic cable. 5.6V-16V,  
unfiltered in the modem. If this pin is  
used as the source of power to the  
modem, users must provide sufficient  
filtering to comply with conducted  
EMI specifications; see DC Power on  
page 7-15.  
7
8
9
DM_RTS_N  
DM_CTS_N  
Input to modem  
Diagnostic port RTS  
Used for hardware flow control.  
Output from  
modem  
Diagnostic port CTS  
Used for hardware flow control.  
DM_PROGRAM_  
FLASH  
Allows programming of the modem.  
Apply 13V +/- 10%, 50mA (maximum)  
to program the flash in the modem.  
This is required for all software  
upgrades as well as service  
programming.  
7-14  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrating GSP-1620 Modems into OEM Products  
DC Power  
The GSP-1620 modem requires input DC power ranging from  
5.6 V to 16 V, with 1 Amp (maximum). The modem DC input  
power must be clean (maximum of 50 mV peak-peak ripple  
and noise) and must be within the absolute maximum voltage  
range of 5.6 V to 16 V under all conditions. For typical DC  
power consumption limits, see Power Consumption on page  
7-16.  
The GSP-1620 modem uses a DC/DC converter to source its  
internal operating voltages and behaves like a constant  
power load over varying input voltages that has a varying  
input impedance when the modem is transmitting data. This  
creates a potential for oscillations on the DC power line if the  
input impedance of the modem is lower than that of the power  
supply sourcing the power.  
The approximate minimum input impedance of the modem is  
2
given by R = V /P  
where V is the operating voltage of the  
max  
modem and P  
is the maximum power consumed by the  
max  
modem. For example, the minimum input impedance of the  
modem at 12V would be approximately 12*12/5.4 = 26.7  
Ohms. Any DC power supply capable of supplying the peak  
demand of 5.4W at 12V would have this output impedance.  
Additional design margin of at least 20% is recommended  
beyond this minimum value.  
Care should be taken that if additional EMI filtering is added  
(see EMI Filtering on page 7-16), the impedance as seen by  
the modem’s input power supply does not exceed this value.  
Do not unplug the power cables while the modem is powered up.  
This can cause ESD damage to the modem and also presents a  
danger of electrical shock.  
Warning  
You must ensure that the output impedance of the power supply  
sourcing DC power to the modem is always less than that of the input  
impedance of the modem. Otherwise, a potential exists for oscillations  
on the DC power line and the GSP-1620 modem will not operate as  
designed.  
Caution  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
7-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
You CANNOT have both a DC power supply and an AC adapter  
Caution  
connected to the modem at the same time. This may cause the modem  
to fail to power up and may damage the modem. If you connect the  
Diagnostic cable to service-program the modem while using a DC  
power source, make sure the AC wall adapter of the Diagnostic cable is  
not plugged in to an AC outlet.  
Surge Protection  
As an OEM, you are responsible for ensuring that the input  
voltage specification will never be exceeded.  
Minimal transient protection is provided on the GSP-1620  
modem board but this is intended only for low  
energy/duration events (total transient power less than 1  
kW). It is not intended to protect the modem in case of a  
sustained over-voltage/lightning condition.  
The use of a fuse is strongly recommended in the power  
supply connecting to the GSP-1620 modem. The input surge  
current requirements of the GSP-1620 modem are such that  
2
2
a fuse with a minimum melting I t rating of 0.02 A seconds  
will be sufficient.  
EMI Filtering  
Adequate conducted EMI filtering has already been provided  
in the GSP-1620 modem to pass FCC and ETSI limits.  
Additional filtering should not be necessary to meet these  
requirements.  
Should additional filtering be necessary, you must take precautions to  
ensure that the above criteria are not violated. Please contact  
QUALCOMM Incorporated for further details in such a case.  
Caution  
Power Consumption  
Power consumption depends on a variety of factors such as  
transmit power, input voltage, and data rate. Table 7-3  
summarizes the power consumption of the GSP-1620 modem  
at an input voltage of +12 V DC. All power estimates include  
7-16  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrating GSP-1620 Modems into OEM Products  
the DC power consumption of the ODU antenna’s receive  
section.  
Table 7-3. Modem DC Power Consumption Estimates at 12 V DC  
Input  
Mode  
Minimum  
1.2 mW  
280 mW  
3.6 W  
Typical  
2.4 mW  
500 mW  
4.8 W  
Maximum  
6 mW  
Shutdown  
Standby  
Transmit  
2.4 W  
5.4 W  
The power modes in Table 7-3 are as follows:  
Shutdown — The modem is not operational in this state  
and reverts to this state when DTR lines are inactive.  
Standby — The receiver section in the modem is active  
during this time and the modem is ready to  
transmit/receive data.  
Transmit — The modem’s transmitter is active in this  
state and may be in the process of transmitting/receiving  
data.  
Power-On  
Power-on is controlled via OR’d DTR signals from any port  
(Data, Control or Diagnostic). When DTR is asserted on one  
or more of the ports, the GSP-1620 modem powers up. Upon  
successful power-up, the modem asserts the DSR line of each  
active port to let the user know that it has booted up  
successfully and is ready to accept commands. Only the Data  
and Control ports include DSR lines.  
At least one port DTR signal must remain asserted during the entire  
power-on sequence, until a DSR signal is asserted.  
Note  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
7-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Power-Off  
Power-off is also controlled via the OR’d DTR signals. When  
all port DTRs have been de-asserted for a minimum of one  
second, the GSP-1620 modem begins its power-down  
sequence. After all software processing has concluded, the  
modem powers off. This causes loss of power to the Data and  
Control port RS-232 transmitters, de-asserting the ports’  
DSR lines and informing the user it is safe to remove power.  
Removing power before the DSR signals are de-asserted can corrupt  
the modem’s service programming parameters and other data stored in  
non-volatile memory.  
Caution  
All port DTR signals must remain de-asserted during the entire  
power-down sequence, until the DSR signals are de-asserted.  
Note  
Note  
DSR/DCD will also go inactive in case of a fatal error that causes the  
modem to reboot.  
Hard Power Reset  
Provisions equivalent to power cycling (see Pin 25 in Table  
7-1) are included to “hard reset” a GSP-1620 modem under  
user control. This pin is pulled low for a minimum of five  
seconds to reset the modem. The line is normally left floating.  
Grounding  
The GSP-1620 modem has been designed to provide flexibility  
in the area of grounding, with options to make connections  
between digital ground and the OEM-provided chassis  
ground (metallic enclosures). These grounding options are  
also independently available for the DB-25 user interface,  
Diagnostic port, and associated cable shields.  
The GSP-1620 modem has been certified in accordance with  
the technical and regulatory requirements of the FCC and the  
European Union. The modem was tested in a configuration  
that did not include, or require, an enclosure or specially  
7-18  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrating GSP-1620 Modems into OEM Products  
shielded cable configuration in order to demonstrate  
compliance with the requirements.  
Your OEM application may need different grounding  
configurations. The options are as follows:  
Option 1 — A chassis ground connection to the modem  
may be established using conductive support posts/  
screws between the modem mounting holes, where the  
solder mask is exposed on both sides of the board, and the  
OEM-provided chassis (metallic enclosure or base).  
Option 2 — DNI (do not install) resistors (R216 and  
R217) on the modem circuit card allow for the option of  
connecting digital ground and chassis ground together.  
Option 3 — The user interface DB-25 cable shield  
termination is provided through Pin 1 of the DB-25  
connector. The cable shield drain wire may be connected  
to this pin to provide a termination of the cable shield to  
either chassis or digital ground (options 1 & 2  
dependency).  
The RF connector ground is the same as the signal and power ground.  
As an OEM, you should understand this when designing an integrated  
product for use in environments where surge protection may be  
required. You should also be aware of this fact to avoid ground loops in  
the final installation.  
Caution  
Modem Mounting Guidelines  
QUALCOMM offers the GSP-1620 modem without a  
mechanical enclosure, anticipating that OEMs will integrate  
and package the modem into an enclosure or cabinet  
appropriate to the end-user’s application. The enclosure must  
shield the GSP-1620 modem from direct impacts,  
precipitation, vibration, acoustic noise, and particulates.  
The GSP-1620 modem has six mounting holes sized for M3  
screws. All six mounting locations of the modem must be  
fastened to a rigid structure to meet the vibration and shock  
requirements specified in Integrating Modems into Products  
on page 7-2.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
7-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
For hole size and locations, connector locations, and overall  
envelope dimensions, see Figure 7-1 on page 7-4 and Figure  
7-2 on page 7-5.  
When you mount the GSP-1620 modem into an enclosure or onto a  
surface, you must exercise care during the process. Adhere to the  
following recommendations:  
Caution  
Observe handling precautions necessary to avoid damage  
by ESD.  
Fasten the modem to a planar surface of sufficient  
flatness and rigidity to prevent flexing of the modem.  
Use shock mounts when the environment includes  
vibration in excess of that shown in Figure 7-9 on page  
7-33.  
Use acoustic dampening material when the environment  
includes acoustic noise in excess of 110 dB OSPL (Overall  
Sound Pressure Level).  
Do not use fasteners that will damage the grounding  
areas around the through holes.  
Do not fasten the modem using tools with speed and/or  
torque that will cause damage to the printed circuit  
board.  
Do not fasten the modem with enough clamping force to  
damage the printed circuit board.  
Exercise caution and do not damage components on the  
modem during handling.  
The GSP-1620 modem meets or exceeds all operational vibration  
requirements defined in Table 7-5 when E-A-R damping feet  
(MF-100-UC04-H, black) are used as shock mounts.  
Note  
QUALCOMM Mark on OEM Enclosures  
Each GSP-1620 based product and its packaging shall bear  
the “CDMA by QUALCOMM” mark and such other mark(s) of  
QUALCOMM, or those which QUALCOMM has the right to  
use and permit the use of, as QUALCOMM may designate  
7-20  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrating GSP-1620 Modems into OEM Products  
from time to time upon notice to the buyer. The product  
markings shall appear in a size and location reasonably  
agreed to by both parties.  
Figure 7-3 shows the QUALCOMM marking suitable for  
OEM enclosures (included on the Modem Integrator’s Kit CD  
as an Encapsulated PostScript [EPS] file).  
Figure 7-3. QUALCOMM Mark for OEM Enclosures  
Integrated Product Regulatory Labeling  
The GSP-1620 modem as delivered by QUALCOMM  
Incorporated is approved and labeled in accordance with the  
requirements of the FCC and the European Union (see  
Appendix B, RF Certification/Restrictions).  
If the regulatory labeling is not visible when the modem is  
integrated into the final product, then the labels must be  
applied to the product enclosure. QUALCOMM Incorporated  
authorizes the duplication and use of these regulatory  
approvals on the integrated product provided that the modem  
has not been modified or altered to the extent that the  
electromagnetic performance has been degraded (see Modem  
Mounting Guidelines on page 7-19 and Appendix B, RF  
Certification/Restrictions).  
The OEM or integrator is responsible for ensuring that the  
product complies with all the regulatory requirements for  
their target market and labeled accordingly.  
The label must be located on the product in an area that can  
be easily viewed and the type size must be large enough to be  
legible without the aid of magnification. The integrator  
labeling may be worded as follows:  
“This Product Contains a Globalstar Radio Transceiver  
FCC ID: J9CGSPDM1; CE 168”  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
7-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Mounting Antennas On-Site  
This section describes the Dielectric Resonator Antenna  
(DRA, also called an Outdoor Unit or ODU) hardware,  
including specifications for antennas and antenna cable. It  
also describes how to calculate antenna cable length and  
mount antennas.  
Modem Antenna Specifications  
The GSP-1620 modem is to be used with an aluminum  
Dielectric Resonator Antenna (DRA), as shown in Figure 7-4  
and Figure 7-5. The modem DRA has a passive transmit and  
an active receive section. The transmit (Tx) and receive (Rx)  
connectors are labeled on the antenna.  
You must be careful to connect the Tx connector on the DRA to the Tx  
connector on the modem, and the Rx connector on the DRA to the Rx  
connector on the modem. Crossing the Tx and Rx cables can damage  
the modem.  
Caution  
Figure 7-4. DRA Side View  
7-22  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrating GSP-1620 Modems into OEM Products  
Figure 7-5. DRA View Showing Connectors  
O-Ring groove  
RX Antenna connector  
(labeled on antenna base)  
TX Antenna connector  
(labeled on antenna base)  
Antenna Dimensions and Weight  
The DRA antenna is 103 millimeters diameter by 63  
millimeters tall (4.1 inches diameter by 2.5 inches tall).  
The weight for the antenna is less than 250 grams (8.8  
ounces).  
Antenna Depiction  
This section includes the following technical drawings that  
depict the antenna:  
GSP-1620 Antenna: DRA Top and Side Views, Figure 7-6  
GSP-1620 Antenna: DRA Bottom View, Figure 7-7  
In Figure 7-6 and Figure 7-7, dimensions are shown as: millimeters  
[inches]. Millimeters are the controlling dimensions on these drawings.  
Inch dimensions are for reference only.  
Note  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
7-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Figure 7-6. DRA Top and Side Views  
7-24  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrating GSP-1620 Modems into OEM Products  
Figure 7-7. DRA Bottom View and Mounting Hole Locations  
23.50 mm  
[.925]  
6X M4.0 X  
10.00 DEEP  
38.11 mm  
[1.500]  
Antenna Cable Specifications  
The DRA antenna requires two (2) cables, one for transmit  
and one for receive:  
The required connectors are plug SMA (DRA bulkhead) to  
plug MCX (modem).  
Transmit cable maximum 0.6 dB insertion loss @ 1618  
MHz is required for the cable.  
Receive cable maximum 3.0 dB insertion loss @ 2492 MHz  
is required for the cable.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
7-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
QUALCOMM does not provide cables for OEM bulk  
applications since OEMs may need cables of different lengths  
for particular applications. Table 7-4 lists potential suppliers  
of RF and microwave connectors and cable assemblies.  
Table 7-4. Suggested RF Cable and Connector Suppliers  
Volex Inc.:  
Company:  
Volex Inc.  
1 Batterymarch Park,  
Quincy, MA 02169  
USA  
Tel: +1 617 376-0555  
Fax: +1 617 376-0590  
Web: http://www.volex.com/  
Times Microwave:  
Company:  
Sales Representative:  
Times Microwave Systems  
358 Hall Avenue  
Dave Murray  
505 W. Ray Road  
P.O. Box 5039  
Suite #3  
Wallingford, CT 06492-5039  
Chandler, AZ 85225-7283  
Phone: +1 480 786-1656  
Fax: +1 480 786-3684  
Page: +1 800 618-6140  
Tel:1(800)TMS-COAX  
(867-2629)  
Tel: +1 203 949-8400  
Fax: +1 203 949-8423  
JPM:  
Company:  
JPM Corporate  
155 North 15th Street  
Lewisburg, PA 17837  
USA  
Tel: +1 570 524-8225  
Fax: +1 570 524-5660  
Web: http://www.jpmco.com/  
7-26  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrating GSP-1620 Modems into OEM Products  
Calculating Antenna Cable Length  
The maximum loss for an antenna cable of any length is 0.6  
dB at 1.6 GHz for modem transmit and 3 dB at 2.5 GHz for  
modem receive.  
You must take these losses into account when calculating  
antenna lengths for a GSP-1620 modem installation. For  
example, the GSP-1620 Modem Integrator’s Kit utilizes three  
feet of LMR 195 cable, which has a loss of 0.6 dB at 1.6 GHz.  
Mounting Antennas at the Field Site  
When mounting an antenna on-site, you must position it  
properly to obtain Globalstar satellite signals. You can mount  
the antenna on a flat surface or on a pole. In either case, you  
should seal the antenna connectors against dirt and moisture.  
The ODU antenna must be installed in a configuration that ensures a  
minimum line-of-sight separation distance of 21.5 centimeters (8.5  
inches) is maintained at all times between the ODU antenna and any  
personnel.  
Caution  
Finding a Good Antenna Location  
When installed in the field, the antenna of a GSP-1620  
modem product must have a direct line of sight to the  
Globalstar satellites. Keep in mind that Globalstar satellites  
follow different paths across the sky, and you cannot predict  
where they will be.  
Position the DRA antenna outdoors where it has a clear view  
of the sky, unimpeded by tall obstacles such as buildings and  
trees.  
Signal fading associated with trees, buildings, and other  
obstacles that prevent a clear line-of-sight to the satellite can  
cause degraded operation in a mobile environment.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
7-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Globalstar frequencies are attenuated by wet snow. When mounting the  
Note  
antenna in a snowy location, you must make provisions to prevent snow  
buildup on the antenna. Wet ice/snow must be restricted to a maximum  
thickness of 20 centimeters (8 inches) by suitably mounting the  
antenna. See Mounting and Sealing Antennas on Poles on page 7-29.  
Securing Antenna Cables  
When connecting the antenna cables, the recommended  
torque for the SMA connectors is 0.79 to 1.13 Nm (7 to 10  
inlb).  
Mounting and Sealing Antennas on Flat Surfaces  
You can mount the modem antenna (DRA) on a flat surface  
with six M4 screws. Depending on whether the surface is  
smooth or rough, different methods are recommended for  
sealing out moisture and dirt from the antenna’s SMA  
connectors, which are not sealing connectors.  
If the surface is smooth, flat, and solid, you can use an O-ring  
to protect the antenna’s connectors. The O-ring should be  
2.050 inches in diameter by 0.103 inch wide, to fit within the  
groove on the bottom of the antenna. Silicone or ethylene-  
propylene is the preferred material.  
A recommended source is:  
Parker Seal Group  
18321 Jamboree Rd.  
Irvine, CA 92612-1073  
Tel: 800/272-7537  
Fax: 949/851-2127  
Parker part number: 2-137 E515-80  
Description: O-ring, ethylene-propylene, 2.050 inches  
diameter by 0.103 inch thick, 80 durometer  
If you are mounting the antenna on rough surfaces, surfaces  
which have already suffered significant environmental  
damage (pitting, peeling paint, etc.), or surfaces that are not  
sufficiently flat, it is recommended that you do not use an  
O-ring. O-rings need smooth, flat surfaces to work.  
7-28  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrating GSP-1620 Modems into OEM Products  
Instead, you should fill the groove on the antenna, which is  
normally used for the O-ring, with an adhesive caulking  
material that can bond to the aluminum antenna base and  
the surface to which you are mounting the antenna. The  
caulk seals out moisture and dirt.  
For extra protection on either flat or rough surface mounts, you can coat  
the antenna’s SMA connectors before sealing the antenna base; for  
details, see Mounting and Sealing Antennas on Poles.  
Tip  
Mounting and Sealing Antennas on Poles  
Instead of mounting the modem antenna (DRA) on a flat  
surface or bulkhead, you can mount it on a pole with six M4  
screws. A pole mount may be desirable in snowy locations, to  
prevent wet ice or snow from building up to more than the  
maximum allowable thickness of 20 centimeters (8 inches).  
In a pole mounting, the antenna’s SMA connectors, which  
are not self-sealing, are exposed to weather and precipitation.  
Therefore, you should seal the SMA connectors with a  
commercially available coating for outdoor cable or electrical  
connectors. For example, you could use a product such as  
“Liquid Electrical Tape” from PDI Inc., which is weather and  
corrosion resistant.  
Mounting Multiple Antennas  
If required for your application, you can mount multiple  
antennas within several feet of each other without creating  
significant interference.  
QUALCOMM testing has determined that if two antennas  
are placed near each other and transmit on different  
frequencies, only a barely perceptible (1 dB or less) increase  
in 1605 emission occurs when tested at full jamming power.  
This maps to isolation between antennas of 20 dB. Even for  
antennas whose bases were touching (zero inches separation)  
the isolation was 22 dB in the worst case of rotation with  
respect to one another.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
7-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Environmental Specifications  
This section describes environmental specifications for both  
the QUALCOMM Globalstar GSP-1620 Satellite Data  
Modem and its Dielectric Resonator Antenna (DRA).  
The environmental requirements specified herein are under  
development and are subject to change without notice.  
GSP-1620 Modem Environments  
Environments affecting the GSP-1620 modem include  
temperature/humidity, thermal radiation, altitude,  
vibration, mechanical shock, and acoustic noise. This section  
also discusses connector durability, materials, and shipping.  
Temperature/Humidity  
Operational  
The GSP-1620 modem operates as specified during exposure  
to the operational temperature/humidity envelope shown in  
Figure 7-8.  
Condensation on the GSP-1620 modem is not permissible.  
Caution  
Non-Operational  
The GSP-1620 modem operates as specified after exposure to  
the operational and non-operational temperature/humidity  
envelopes shown in Figure 7-8.  
7-30  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrating GSP-1620 Modems into OEM Products  
Figure 7-8. GSP-1620 Modem Temperature/Humidity Envelope  
90  
85  
80  
NON-OPERATIONAL ONLY  
70  
CONSTANT 39.1C DEW POINT  
60  
50  
40  
30  
20  
OPERATIONAL AND NON-OPERATIONAL  
ENVELOPE  
10  
0
-10  
-20  
-30  
-40  
0
5
10  
20  
30  
40  
50  
60  
70  
80  
90 95 100  
PERCENT RELATIVE HUMIDITY  
Thermal Radiation  
The temperature profile shown in Figure 7-8 includes  
temperature rise due to thermal radiation, solar radiation,  
and other heat loads. The GSP-1620 modem dissipates heat  
that is dependent on the mode and the transmit power. The  
dissipated heat is the difference between the DC input power  
and the RF transmitted power.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
7-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Altitude  
Operational  
The GSP-1620 modem operates at standard atmospheric  
pressure altitudes between 0 and 15,000 meters (50,000 feet).  
Non-operational  
The GSP-1620 modem operates as specified after storage at  
pressure altitudes ranging from 0 to 15,000 meters (50,000  
feet).  
Vibration  
Operational - Random  
The GSP-1620 modem operates as specified during exposure  
to the random vibration spectrum defined in Figure 7-9.  
Non-Operational - Random  
The GSP-1620 modem operates as specified after exposure to  
the random vibration spectrum defined in Figure 7-9.  
Operational - Sinusoidal  
The GSP-1620 modem operates as specified after exposure to  
the swept sinusoidal vibration environment defined in Table  
7-5 when E-A-R damping feet (MF-100-UC04-H, black) are  
used as shock mounts.  
Non-Operational - Sinusoidal  
The GSP-1620 modem operates as specified after exposure to  
the swept sinusoidal vibration environment defined in  
Table 7-5.  
7-32  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrating GSP-1620 Modems into OEM Products  
Figure 7-9. GSP-1620 Modem Random Vibration Spectra  
10-1  
10-2  
10-3  
10-4  
10-5  
NON-OPERATIONAL  
SPECTRUM  
7.69 Grms  
OPERATIONAL  
SPECTRUM  
0.51 Grms  
10  
100  
1
1000  
10000  
Frequency (Hz)  
Table 7-5. Swept Sine Vibration Definition  
Double Amplitude  
Displacement (inch)  
Acceleration  
(Gs)  
Frequency Range (Hz)  
0.28  
0.59  
2 to 6  
Operational  
*
0.5  
6 to 500  
2 to 8  
Non-  
2.04  
4.08  
8 to 200  
200 to 500  
Operational  
*
E-A-R damping feet (MF-100-UC04-H, black) used as shock mounts  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
7-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Mechanical Shock  
Operational  
The GSP-1620 modem operates as specified while being  
subjected to a half sine pulsed acceleration wave form of 11  
milliseconds in duration, 2 Gs peak.  
Non-Operational  
The GSP-1620 modem operates as specified after being  
subjected to a half sine pulsed acceleration wave form of 6  
milliseconds in duration, 30 Gs peak.  
Acoustic Noise  
The GSP-1620 modem is sensitive to very high ambient noise  
levels. Exceeding specified levels will cause degraded  
performance. Steps must be taken to ensure that the noise  
level at the module does not exceed 110 dB OSPL (Overall  
Sound Pressure Level).  
Digital Data Connector Durability  
Applied Forces  
The digital data connector meets all performance  
requirements after application of a 24.5 newton force on the  
mating connector, applied in six directions—two opposite  
directions along each of three mutually perpendicular axes.  
Mating cycles  
The digital data connector meets all performance  
requirements after a minimum of 3,000 connect/disconnect  
cycles.  
7-34  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrating GSP-1620 Modems into OEM Products  
RF Connector Durability  
The GSP-1620 modem RF connectors meet all performance  
requirements after 500 connect/disconnect cycles at a  
maximum rate of 12 cycles per minute.  
Materials  
Shipping  
The GSP-1620 modem is manufactured of non-nutrient  
materials with respect to fungal growth.  
The GSP-1620 modem as packaged for shipment meets the  
pre-shipment test procedures specified in the National Safe  
Transit Association, Project 1A.  
Dielectric Resonator Antenna (DRA) Environments  
Since the GSP-1620 Dielectric Resonator Antenna (DRA)  
communicates with Globalstar satellites, it must be  
positioned outdoors where it has a clear view of the sky.  
As a result, environments affecting the DRA include  
temperature/humidity, thermal radiation, icing/freezing  
rain/snow, altitude, vibration, and mechanical shock. This  
section also discusses RF connector durability, materials, and  
shipping.  
Temperature/Humidity  
Operational  
The DRA operates as specified during exposure to the  
operational temperature/humidity envelope shown in Figure  
7-10.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
7-35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Non-Operational  
The DRA operates as specified after exposure to the  
operational and non-operational temperature/humidity  
envelopes shown in Figure 7-10.  
Thermal Radiation  
The temperature profile shown in Figure 7-10 includes  
temperature rise due to thermal radiation, solar radiation,  
and other heat loads.  
Figure 7-10. DRA Temperature/Humidity Envelope  
90  
85  
80  
70  
CONSTANT 40C DEW POINT  
60  
50  
40  
30  
20  
OPERATIONAL AND NON-OPERATIONAL  
ENVELOPE  
10  
0
-10  
-20  
-30  
-40  
0
5
10  
20  
30  
40  
50  
60  
70  
80  
90  
100  
PERCENT RELATIVE HUMIDITY  
7-36  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrating GSP-1620 Modems into OEM Products  
Icing/Freezing Rain/Snow  
Any ice or freezing rain on the radome of the ODU will cause  
degraded performance. Steps must be taken to ensure that ice  
formation is kept to a minimum on the ODU.  
Globalstar frequencies are attenuated by wet ice and snow  
and OEMs must make provisions (such as installing the  
antenna on a pole) to prevent snow buildup on the antenna.  
Wet ice/snow must be restricted to a maximum thickness of  
20 centimeters (8 inches) by suitably mounting the antenna  
(see Mounting Antennas at the Field Site on page 7-27).  
Altitude  
Operational  
The DRA operates at standard atmospheric pressure  
altitudes between 0 and 15,000 meters (50,000 feet).  
Non-Operational  
The DRA operates as specified after storage at pressure  
altitudes ranging from 0 to 15,000 meters (50,000 feet).  
Vibration  
Operational - Random  
The DRA operates as specified during exposure to the random  
vibration spectrum defined in Figure 7-11.  
Non-Operational - Random  
The DRA operates as specified after exposure to the random  
vibration spectrum defined in Figure 7-11.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
7-37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Figure 7-11. DRA Random Vibration Spectrum  
1.00  
0.80  
0.60  
0.50  
0.40  
0.30  
0.20  
0.10  
0.08  
OPERATIONAL AND  
NON-OPERATIONAL  
SPECTRUM  
15.6 Grms  
0.06  
0.05  
0.04  
0.03  
0.02  
0.01  
1
10  
100  
1,000  
10,000  
FREQUENCY (Hz)  
Mechanical Shock  
Operational  
The DRA operates as specified while being subjected to a half  
sine pulsed acceleration waveform of 6 milliseconds in  
duration, 30 Gs peak.  
Non-Operational  
The DRA operates as specified after being subjected to a half  
sine pulsed acceleration waveform of 6 milliseconds in  
duration, 100 Gs peak.  
7-38  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrating GSP-1620 Modems into OEM Products  
RF Connector Durability  
The DRA RF connectors meet all performance requirements  
after 500 connect/disconnect cycles at a maximum rate of 12  
cycles per minute.  
Materials  
Shipping  
The DRA is manufactured of non-nutrient materials with  
respect to fungal growth.  
The DRA as packaged for shipment meets the pre-shipment  
test procedures specified in the National Safe Transit  
Association, Project 1A.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
7-39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
7-40  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8
TROUBLESHOOTING  
If you are having a problem with a QUALCOMM Globalstar  
GSP-1620 Satellite Data Modem, try the troubleshooting tips  
in Table 8-1. If that does not solve the problem, you can  
contact QUALCOMM Globalstar Customer Service, as  
described in Appendix D.  
Table 8-1. Troubleshooting Modem Problems  
Problem  
Possible Solutions  
The antenna is not properly  
connected, or is not outside  
with a clear view of the sky.  
AT$QCSTATUScommand  
returns RSSI:0  
-or-  
Antenna cables may be  
crossed (that is, the modem  
Rx cable may be connected  
to the antenna Tx Transmit  
connector, and vice versa).  
Make sure modem Tx is  
connected to the antenna Tx  
connector and the modemRx  
is connected to the antenna  
Rx connector.  
DTE application determines,  
after a service alert, that  
there is no Globalstar signal.  
-or-  
Current consumption of the  
modem with antenna  
connected is lower by about  
30mA.  
The modem may not be  
service-programmed  
correctly. See  
AT$QCSTATUS command  
returns Registration:No  
Service-Programming  
Modems on page 3-1 and  
consult your SP to make  
sure you have the correct  
service programming  
values.  
HyperTerminal is connected  
to the wrong COM port.  
The modem is not plugged in  
to a power source.  
Upon attempting a  
connection, the SELF TEST  
RESULTis not received within  
a few seconds.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
8-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Table 8-1. Troubleshooting Modem Problems (continued)  
Problem Possible Solutions  
Both the AC power  
The modem does not seem to  
be getting power, even  
though it is plugged in.  
connector on the diagnostic  
cable and the DC power  
connector on the interface  
cable are plugged in. Only  
one can be used at a time.  
DTR is not asserted on a  
serial port. Connect one of  
the modem’s serial ports  
(Data, Control, or  
Diagnostic).  
Command echoing has been  
turned off. Type ATE1or ATZ  
to turn echoing back on.  
AT commands that you type  
in HyperTerminal do not  
appear on the screen.  
Check to see if the Control  
port is active. AT commands  
will not work on the Data  
port when the Control port is  
active.  
AT commands are not  
recognized on the Data port.  
Make sure the baud rate in  
HyperTerminal or Dial-Up  
Networking matches that  
for the modem port. The  
Control port is 9600 only;  
the Data port default is  
38400 but can be set to  
selected rates from 300 to  
115200.  
HyperTerminal or Dial-Up  
Networking cannot talk to  
the modem.  
8-2  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
A
GLOBALSTAR BACKGROUND  
Globalstar is a voice and data telecommunications system  
utilizing a constellation of 48 low-Earth-orbit (LEO)  
o
satellites, providing nearly world-wide coverage (70 N to  
o
70 S latitudes).  
Globalstar Limited Partnership (GLP), the owner/operator of  
the LEO constellation, is a strategic partnership composed of  
many of the world’s leading telecommunications providers:  
Alenia Marconi  
China Telecom  
DACOM  
Daimler-Chrysler Aerospace  
Elsacom  
Globalstar USA, Canada, and Mexico (formerly known as  
Vodaphone/Airtouch)  
Hyundai  
QUALCOMM Incorporated  
Space Systems/Loral  
TESAM (joint venture between France Telecom and  
ALCATEL)  
Vodaphone  
The Globalstar system consists of a space segment, and a  
ground or earth segment.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
A-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Space Segment  
The space segment consists of 48 LEO satellites (and eight  
additional in-orbit spares) built by Loral Space Systems and  
operated by Globalstar Limited Partnership (GLP) in San  
Jose, CA.  
Compared to medium-Earth-orbit or geostationary-  
Earth-orbit (MEO/GEO) satellites, LEO satellites offer  
several advantages: minimal delay (~250 ms or comparable to  
terrestrial digital cellular), multi-satellite handoff, extremely  
small antenna, lower power consumption, and lower cost.  
Ground Segment  
The ground segment consists of Earth stations called  
Gateways, which provide service in specific geographical  
areas. The Gateways are deployed worldwide and  
communicate via C-band frequencies to/from the LEO  
satellites, which serve as “bent pipe” transponders.  
User Terminals communicate to/from a Gateway ground  
station using L- and S-band frequencies, via the LEO  
satellites.  
A User Terminal can be either a QUALCOMM Globalstar  
GSP-1600 Tri-Mode Phone, or QUALCOMM Globalstar  
GSP-1620 Satellite Data Modem.  
Coverage  
Figure A-1 shows Globalstar coverage areas and availability  
dates.  
A-2  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
GlobalstarBackground  
Figure A-1. Globalstar Coverage Availability  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
A-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
The map and list in Figure A-1 depict current and planned  
Globalstar service coverage. Actual coverage may vary  
because of Gateway deployment, local licensing and other  
factors, including environmental conditions. “Service” means  
that a phone can be purchased and activated in that country.  
You may be able to use your Globalstar phone in areas of  
extended Gateway coverage; however, neither Globalstar nor  
your Service Provider warrants that call duration or quality  
in these areas will meet normal system standards.  
Globalstar roaming is not included. Please contact your  
Service Provider for information about roaming availability.  
Carriers  
Each coverage territory is typically aligned with country  
boundaries. A coverage territory has one or more Service  
Providers (SPs) or carriers that offer service to users, similar  
to a “cellular” model. Globalstar licenses the Service Provider  
or carrier to offer service in a part of the worldwide coverage  
area (one or more countries).  
The Service Provider offers “airtime” to the OEM or end user.  
It also provides a customer care center and keeps billing  
records for the satellite airtime used and the data traffic sent  
and received.  
Service Providers vary by region around the world.  
To identify the correct Service Provider in your area, refer to  
the Globalstar Web page: http://www.globalstar.com.  
A-4  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
GlobalstarBackground  
Distributors and OEMs for User Terminals  
Customers access the Globalstar system by means of User  
Terminals, either QUALCOMM Globalstar GSP-1600  
Tri-Mode Phones, or QUALCOMM Globalstar GSP-1620  
Satellite Data Modems.  
For Tri-Mode Phones, cellular and satellite  
distributorships serve as retail sales conduits where  
customers can purchase, provision, and repair Tri-Mode  
Phones throughout the world.  
For the GSP-1620 Satellite Data Modem, OEMs directly  
integrate the modem into a market-specific product,  
which is then resold to a business/industrial customer.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
A-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
A-6  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
B
RF CERTIFICATION/RESTRICTIONS  
This appendix discusses certification compliance for the  
QUALCOMM Globalstar GSP-1620 Satellite Data Modem as  
well as restrictions relating to RF, RF exposure, and  
electronic devices.  
Certification  
The QUALCOMM Globalstar GSP-1620 Satellite Data  
Modem, antenna, and cabling as supplied by QUALCOMM  
Incorporated shall be compliant with the following  
International standards when configured in accordance with  
the QUALCOMM recommendations. Any deviation from the  
guidelines or modifications to the product performed without  
the permission of QUALCOMM Incorporated will invalidate  
all regulatory approvals.  
Compliance to the technical requirements shall be  
demonstrated with the product installed in a non-metallic  
enclosure, which provides no additional shielding or RF  
protection. An OEM-supplied enclosure is required to protect  
the product from the effects of electrostatic discharge (ESD)  
and environmental conditions that result in the product  
operating within its specified range.  
Compliance to the technical requirements shall be  
demonstrated with the product powered by a power supply  
that is compliant with the rules and regulations of the FCC  
and the European Community. The OEM manufacturer is  
required to provide a power supply that ensures the product  
continues to meet the applicable regulatory requirements for  
the specific application.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
B-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
QUALCOMM Incorporated does not accept any responsibility  
for regulatory compliance of the OEM product. It is the  
responsibility of the OEM manufacturer to ensure that all  
regulatory requirements (e.g., FAA, Hazardous Location)  
have been met for the specific application.  
Federal Communications Commission (FCC)  
The GSP-1620 modem configured with the QUALCOMM-  
supplied antenna and RF cabling is compliant and approved  
in accordance with the FCC Code of Federal Rules (CFR) 47  
parts:  
Part 1 Para 1.1310 Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure  
Limits  
Part 15 Radio Frequency Devices  
Part 25 Satellite Communications  
European R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC  
The GSP-1620 modem configured with the QUALCOMM-  
supplied antenna and RF cabling is compliant and approved  
in accordance with the essential requirements of the  
European Community, under European Directive 1999/5/EC  
On Radio Equipment & Telecommunications Terminal  
Equipment (R&TTE Directive).  
The supporting technical standards used to demonstrate  
compliance are:  
EN 300 831 Electromagnetic Compatibility  
EN 301 441 (TBR 041) Essential Terminal Requirements  
B-2  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
RFCertification/Restrictions  
RF Restrictions  
The GSP-1620 modem must be used with the QUALCOMM-  
provided antenna, and no modification to the RF transmit or  
receive path is permitted in the form of amplifiers.  
QUALCOMM Incorporated must be consulted before any  
changes can be made in the RF path, including cable length  
deviations from the QUALCOMM-provided or recommended  
cabling. Failure to do so may result in non-compliance with  
the Globalstar communications network and Government  
Radio Regulations.  
Radio Astronomy Zones  
Radio Astronomy exclusion zones may be blacked out of  
Globalstar service. The OEM manufacturer should consult  
with the Globalstar Service Provider to ensure that service is  
available in the location(s) of the installed OEM product.  
GPS Interference Elimination  
The modem antenna must be installed a minimum distance  
of 30 inches from a GPS antenna to ensure compatibility  
between the two satellite systems.  
Radio Frequency Exposure Restrictions  
The GSP-1620 modem incorporates a relatively low-power  
radio transmitter, receiver, and antenna (the DRA). When it  
is ON it receives and sends radio frequency (RF) signals. In  
August 1996, the Federal Communications Commission  
(FCC) adopted RF exposure guidelines with safety levels for  
portable wireless phones and devices. Those guidelines are  
consistent with the safety standards previously set by both  
US and international standards bodies:  
ANSI/IEEE C95.1-1992 Standard [American National  
Standards Institute / Institute of Electrical and  
Electronic Engineers]  
NCRP Report 86 (1986) [National Council on Radiation  
Protection and Measurements]  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
B-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
ICNIRP (1996) [International Commission on  
Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection]  
IRPA (1991) [International Radiation Protection  
Association]  
The GSP-1620 modem is designed to comply with the  
established ANSI, FCC, and international safety standards  
for safe levels of human exposure to RF energy. Maintaining  
a minimum line-of-sight separation distance of 21.5  
centimeters (8.5 inches) between the transmitting antenna  
and all personnel will ensure that the General  
Population/Uncontrolled Exposure maximum permissible  
exposure (MPE) limits are not exceeded.  
This satisfies the MPE limits mandated by the FCC in 47  
CFR Ch. 1 (10-1-99 Edition), Part 1, §1.1310 and defined in  
the ANSI/IEEE C95.1-1992 standard, and also satisfies the  
more-stringent European and international exposure limit  
recommendations of IRPA (1991) and ICNIRP (1996).  
The ODU antenna must be installed in a configuration that ensures a  
minimum line-of-sight separation distance of 21.5 centimeters (8.5  
inches) is maintained at all times between the ODU antenna and any  
personnel.  
Caution  
Electronic Device Restrictions  
Most modern electronic equipment is shielded from RF  
signals. However, certain electronic equipment may not be  
shielded against the RF signals from wireless phones and  
modems.  
Pacemakers  
The Health Industry Manufacturers Association recommends  
that a minimum separation distance of 15.24 centimeters (6  
inches) be maintained between a handheld wireless phone  
and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the  
pacemaker.  
B-4  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
RFCertification/Restrictions  
For a wireless modem, which has a higher power output than  
a wireless phone, the distance must be increased. For a  
GSP-1620 modem, a minimum separation distance of 22.67  
centimeters (9 inches) should be maintained between the  
transmitting modem antenna and all pacemakers. These  
recommendations are consistent with the independent  
research by and recommendations of Wireless Technology  
Research, L.L.C.  
Persons with pacemakers should follow these guidelines:  
Always keep the modem antenna more than 22.67  
centimeters (9 inches) from your pacemaker when the  
modem is turned ON.  
If you have any reason to suspect that interference is  
taking place, turn your modem OFF immediately.  
Hearing Aids  
Some digital wireless phones and other wireless devices  
(including wireless modems) may interfere with some hearing  
aids. If interference occurs, you may want to consult your  
Service Provider (or call the QUALCOMM Globalstar  
Customer Support line to discuss alternatives).  
Other Medical Devices  
If you use any other personal medical device, consult the  
manufacturer of your device to determine if it is adequately  
shielded from external RF energy. Your physician may be  
able to assist you in obtaining this information.  
Do not operate your GSP-1620 modem (that is, turn your  
modem OFF) in health care facilities when any regulations  
posted in these areas instruct wireless phone users to do so.  
Hospitals or health care facilities may be using equipment  
that could be sensitive to external RF energy.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
B-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
B-6  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C
WARRANTY  
The warranty for the QUALCOMM Globalstar GSP-1620  
Satellite Data Modem and GSP-1620 Modem Integrator’s Kit  
(MIK) will be as provided for in the Supply Agreement.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
C-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
C-2  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
D
PRODUCT SUPPORT  
This appendix provides support information for the  
QUALCOMM Globalstar GSP-1620 Satellite Data Modem  
hardware and software. It contains a description of the  
support available from QUALCOMM Globalstar Customer  
Service and how to contact the Technical Support and Order  
Fulfillment teams.  
QUALCOMM Globalstar Customer Service  
The QUALCOMM Globalstar Customer Service Center,  
located in the United States, provides skilled Technical  
Support and Order Fulfillment staff to support customers  
with technical issues, purchase order requests, and Return  
Material Authorizations (RMA) for QUALCOMM-warranted  
equipment. The QUALCOMM Customer Service Website  
provides online information and forms for technical support  
and RMA requests. See “Contacting QUALCOMM Customer  
Service” on page D-3 for details.  
Technical Support Information  
QUALCOMM Customer Service Technical Support is  
available 24 hours per day, every day, to provide  
troubleshooting assistance for all QUALCOMM-provided  
Globalstar products. Technical Support creates a case to  
track each issue or request and works to provide a resolution.  
For more information on technical support, refer to Data  
Modem Troubleshooting information on the QUALCOMM  
Customer Service Website.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
D-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Contact Technical Support for any Satellite Data Modem  
related issue, including when you need to:  
Troubleshoot a problem.  
Inquire about a software or hardware upgrade.  
Report a documentation issue.  
Request a Return Material Authorization (RMA).  
Find out the status of a technical issue or of an RMA.  
Follow a procedure that requires Technical Support  
direction.  
Prior to contacting Technical Support, please do the  
following:  
Repeat the steps or procedures to resolve the problem.  
Check the Website and documentation for solutions.  
Identify the software version and hardware version.  
Document steps or procedures taken.  
Prepare to describe the problem in detail.  
Order Fulfillment Information  
QUALCOMM Customer Service Order Fulfillment is  
available between 8 a.m. and 5 p.m. Pacific Time, Monday  
through Friday, for Return Material Authorization (RMA)  
assistance on QUALCOMM equipment and to request a  
purchase order. To repair, replace, or upgrade parts, request  
an RMA from QUALCOMM. Submit RMA requests to  
Technical Support to create a case to track the request.  
Technical Support approves RMA requests, and Order  
Fulfillment validates the warranty and processes the RMA.  
For more information on the RMA process, refer to RMA  
information on the QUALCOMM Customer Service Website.  
D-2  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ProductSupport  
Website Information  
The QUALCOMM Customer Service Website is located at  
http://www.gstechsupport.qualcomm.com.  
Only registered customers may use the QUALCOMM  
Customer Service Website. For details on registering, go to  
the login page of the Website, click “Website Registration,”  
then follow the instructions to become a registered user.  
The QUALCOMM Globalstar Customer Service Website  
provides several resources including the following:  
Product information for the Satellite Data Modem  
Frequently asked questions  
Troubleshooting information  
Forms for technical support requests to submit a case  
electronically  
Forms for RMA requests to submit a case electronically  
Contacting QUALCOMM Customer Service  
QUALCOMM Globalstar Customer Service is located in the  
United States and may be contacted via the Website, phone,  
email, or facsimile (FAX). Skilled staff are available to assist  
with technical issues and Return Material Authorizations  
(RMA) processing for QUALCOMM equipment.  
Technical support personnel are available 24 hours per day,  
every day. Order Fulfillment personnel are available between  
8 a.m. and 5 p.m. Pacific Time, Monday through Friday, to  
process RMA and purchase order requests. A case number is  
assigned to track each technical issue or request.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
D-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Contact information  
Website  
The following Website address is available to registered  
users. Forms are available for submitting Technical  
Support issues and RMA requests.  
http://www.gstechsupport.qualcomm.com  
Phone  
+1 858 651 4911  
Select 1 for Globalstar Gateway Products.  
Select the appropriate option for RMA or Technical  
Support troubleshooting assistance.  
Email  
The following email addresses are available to registered  
customers.  
Submit technical support issues and RMA requests to  
this email address. Be sure to provide your name,  
company, location, telephone number, description of  
the problem, part information, and details about the  
error messages and/or log information.  
Obtain information on the status of an existing  
technical case by sending an email to this address. Be  
sure to include the case number in the subject line in  
the following format Case Number:12345.  
Obtain information on the status of an existing RMA  
case request by sending an email to this address. Be  
sure to include the case number and the RMA  
number, if available, in the subject line in the  
following format Case Number:12345 RMA  
Number:67890.  
D-4  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ProductSupport  
The following email address is available to all customers.  
Obtain answers for all product information questions  
by sending an email to this address.  
Facsimile (FAX)  
+1 858 651 2345  
Submit technical support issues and new RMA requests  
to this facsimile number. Be sure to provide your name,  
company, location, telephone number, description of the  
problem, part information, and details about the error  
messages and/or log information.  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
D-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
D-6  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
E
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY  
This appendix summarizes the specifications for the  
QUALCOMM Globalstar GSP-1620 Satellite Data Modem  
and its Dielectric Resonator Antenna (DRA).  
For further discussion of hardware issues, see Chapter 7,  
Integrating GSP-1620 Modems into OEM Products.  
Table E-1. Specification Summary — GSP-1620 Modem  
Operating Frequencies  
Transmit:  
Receive:  
1610-1625 MHz  
2484-2499 MHz  
Maximum Transmit Power  
DC Input Voltage  
+26 dBm EIRP (0.4 W)  
+5.6 V to + 16 V  
Power Consumption Estimates @ 12V Input State  
Min  
Typical  
2.4 mW  
500 mW  
4.8 W  
Max  
6 mW  
2.4 W  
5.4 W  
Shutdown  
1.2 mW  
280 mW  
3.6 W  
Standby  
Transmit  
Interfaces:  
User Port  
DB25 Serial RS-232 with pin-outs for data, control,  
and power  
Modem Antenna Connectors  
TX MCX Female  
RX MCX Female  
Antenna Connectors  
TX SMA Female  
RX SMA Female  
Provisioning and Software Upgrade  
Modem Dimensions  
DE9 Connector  
190 x 75 x 17 mm (7.48 x 2.95 x 0.68 in)  
Less than 180 grams (6.3 ounces)  
Modem Weight  
Antenna (included)  
103 mm (4.1 in) diameter by 63 mm (2.5 in) tall  
Estimated weight is less than 250 grams (8.8 ounces)  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
E-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Table E-1. Specification Summary — GSP-1620 Modem  
Antenna Cable (not included)  
Two cables required: transmit and receive  
Male SMA to Male MCX  
Transmit cable maximum 0.6 dB insertion loss  
@ 1618 MHz  
Receive cable maximum 3.0 dB insertion loss  
@ 2492 MHz  
Certification  
FCC  
CE  
Modem Environmental Conditions  
Operating:  
Storage:  
-30 °C to +60 °C  
-40 °C to +85 °C  
Relative Humidity: 5% to 95% (under 40 °C)  
The data modem is sensitive to very high ambient  
noise levels. Steps must be taken to ensure that the  
noise level at the modem does not exceed 110 dB OSPL  
(Overall Sound Pressure Level).  
Shock mounts must be used when the environment  
includes excessive vibration. The GSP-1620 modem  
will meet or exceed all operational vibration  
requirements defined in Table 7-5 when E-A-R  
damping feet (MF-100-UC04-H, black) are used as  
shock mounts.  
Antenna Environmental Conditions  
Operating/Storage: -40 °C to +85 °C  
Relative Humidity: 5% to 100% (under 40 °C)  
Signal fading associated with trees, buildings, and  
other obstacles that prevent a clear line-of-sight to the  
satellite can cause degraded operation.  
Any ice or freezing rain on the radome of the Outdoor  
Unit (ODU) will cause degraded performance. Steps  
must be taken to ensure that ice formation is kept to a  
minimum on the ODU.  
Supporting Products  
GSP-1620 Modem Integrator’s Kit (MIK)  
Globalstar User Terminal Program Support Tool  
(UTPST) (modem provisioning tool)  
E-2  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SpecificationSummary  
Table E-2. Specification Summary — Dielectric Resonator  
Antenna (DRA)  
TX Specification  
1610.0-1626.5  
LHCP  
Parameter  
Frequency Range (MHz)  
Polarization  
RX Specification  
2483.5-2500.0  
LHCP  
<2.0:1  
>0  
VSWR (50 ohm)  
<2.0:1  
Isolation (TXRX) (dB)  
>40  
Maximum Gain  
< 6.5  
(0°<θ<80°) (dBic) [1]  
Average Gain  
>1.5  
>-4.0  
<3.0  
>1.5  
(0°<θ<80°) (dBic)  
(passive antenna)  
Minimum Gain  
>-4.0  
(0°<θ<80°) (dBic)  
(passive antenna)  
Maximum Axial Ratio  
@ zenith (dB)  
<3.0  
RX LNA/Filter Gain (dB)  
RX Noise Figure (dB) [2]  
(G/T)avg (dB/K) [3]  
27 (typical at 25×C)  
<2.1  
> -26  
(G/T)min (dB/K) [3]  
> -31  
RX Bias DC Voltage (V)  
Rx DC Current (mA)  
Power Handling (Watts)  
+3.6  
<4  
25 (typical)  
Operating Temperature  
(×C)  
-40 to +85  
-40 to +85  
Altitude (ft)  
50,000  
15.6  
50,000  
15.6  
Vibration(Grms) [4]  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
E-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Table E-2. Specification Summary — Dielectric Resonator  
Antenna (DRA) (continued)  
TX Specification  
SMA (F)  
Parameter  
Connector  
Dimensions  
Weight  
RX Specification  
SMA (F)  
103 mm (4.1 in) diameter by 63 mm (2.5 in) tall  
< 250 g (8.8 ounces)  
[1] q = 0 is zenith.  
[2] combined LNA and Filter over the operating temperature  
[3] at Tsky = 200 K  
[4] random, 3-axis, over 15 – 2000 Hz  
E-4  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
INDEX  
mobile environment 7-27  
mounting 2-10, 7-27  
multiple 7-29  
on flat surfaces 7-28  
on poles 7-29  
O-ring 2-11  
Symbols  
+++ escape sequence 4-5, 5-10, 5-11,  
5-37, 6-40  
A
A/ 6-19  
personnel separation distance B-4  
positioning outdoors 2-9, 7-27  
sealing 7-28  
size, weight 7-23  
specifications 7-22, E-3  
AC adapter 2-7, 2-12, 2-13  
acknowledgment timer 6-70  
acoustic noise 7-19, 7-34  
acquisition 5-20, 6-61  
active ports 5-9, 5-15  
airtime 3-1, 5-6, A-4  
alerts  
ANY_MODE 6-63  
API 3-7  
Application Programming Interface 3-7  
applications  
Globalstar service 5-19, 6-61  
SMS 6-57  
host 5-3  
modem 5-1  
altitude 7-32, 7-37, E-3  
ambient noise E-2  
Analog Microphone Input 7-11  
ANSI/IEEE C95.1-1992 Standard B-3  
Answer Incoming Call 6-18  
answerer 6-45  
modem scenarios 5-5  
SCADA 1-1, 1-3  
components 5-2  
developing 5-1  
antenna 1-7  
arbitration, port 5-9  
asynchronous data  
applications 5-6  
cables 2-6, 7-25  
calculating length 7-27  
securing 7-28  
character framing 6-35  
caulking 2-11  
configuration string 6-41  
Gateway IWF commands 6-41  
mobile-originated calls 5-32  
mobile-terminated calls 5-33  
connecting 2-9, 2-10  
depiction 7-23  
hardware 7-22  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Index-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
overview 1-2, 5-4  
using with packet data 5-34, 6-50  
AT$QCPLS 5-21, 6-66  
AT$QCSA 6-61  
AT$QCSMSA 5-19, 6-57  
AT$QCSMSI 5-19, 6-58  
AT$QCSMSL 6-56  
AT$QCSMSM 5-19, 6-51  
AT$QCSMSP 5-18, 5-19, 6-52  
AT$QCSTATUS 4-2, 4-5, 5-20, 5-26,  
6-62  
AT 2-17  
AT command processor 5-9, 5-13  
AT commands  
affecting ports 5-13  
alphabet 6-7  
asynchronous data Gateway  
IWF 6-41  
example of using 4-1  
AT$QCTCP 6-70  
AT$QCTOD 6-64  
AT$QCVJ 6-73  
AT&C 5-29, 6-16  
ports affected 5-14  
AT&C0 5-25, 5-26  
AT&D 5-15, 5-29, 6-16  
ports affected 5-14  
AT&D1 5-10  
AT&D2 5-10, 5-15  
AT&F 6-17  
ports affected 5-14  
resetting call mode 6-69  
AT+CFG 6-41  
basic 6-8  
basic action 6-18  
case sensitivity 6-7  
command line format 6-7  
configuration parameters 5-9  
dormant mode 6-48  
error log services 6-59  
extended configuration 6-32  
Globalstar S-registers 6-31  
non-operational 6-6  
Online-Command mode 6-40  
operational 6-2  
overview 6-7  
prefix 6-19  
protocol stack modification 6-70  
quick reference tables 6-2  
reference section 6-1  
sample 5-36  
AT+CMUX 6-32  
AT+CRM 6-33  
ports affected 5-15  
AT+CTA 6-49  
ports affected 5-15  
AT+DS 6-42  
service status 6-61  
SMS 6-51  
AT+ES 6-45  
AT+GSN 6-34  
AT+ICF 6-35  
ports affected 5-14  
AT+IFC 6-36  
ports affected 5-15  
AT+IPR 6-38  
special calls 6-64  
S-registers 6-24  
syntax 6-8  
AT$QCCLR 6-60  
AT$QCERR 6-59  
AT$QCMODE 6-69  
AT$QCMSTATS 6-68  
AT$QCPKND 5-34, 6-50  
ports affected 5-15  
Index-2  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
AT+IPR? 2-17  
AT+MS 6-47  
ATA 5-33, 6-18  
ATD 5-10, 5-11, 6-20  
ATD#777 4-4, 5-10, 5-11, 5-27, 5-32  
ATE 6-9  
AUTOMATIC 6-63  
Automatic Answer 6-25  
AUTORETRY 6-64  
axial ratio, antenna E-3  
B
ATH 4-5, 5-10, 5-11, 5-12, 5-25, 5-27,  
5-32, 5-36, 6-22  
ATH+CTA 5-25  
ATH777 5-25, 5-26, 5-27  
ATI 6-9  
ATL 6-10  
ATM 6-11  
ATO 5-10, 5-13, 6-23  
ATP 6-11  
ATQ 6-12  
ATS0 6-25  
ATS10 6-30  
ATS11 6-31  
ATS3 6-25  
ATS4 6-26  
ATS5 6-27  
ATS6 6-27  
ATS7 6-28  
backspace character 6-27  
BATTERY CHARGE 4-3  
battery-powered applications 5-6, 5-16,  
7-7  
baud rate 6-38  
checking 2-16  
configurable 5-13  
Control port 2-15  
Data port 2-15  
bench setup 2-1  
bent pipe transponders A-2  
billing 5-6, 5-17, 5-25  
records A-4  
bits per second 2-15  
blind dialing 6-27  
booting up 7-7  
BUILD 6-10  
build information, modem 6-59  
BUSY 5-10, 5-11, 6-22  
busy signal 6-14  
ATS777 6-31  
ports affected 5-14  
ATS8 6-29  
ATS9 6-29  
ATT 6-13  
C
C programming language 5-2  
cables  
attenuation, by snow 7-28, 7-37  
ATV 6-13  
ATX 6-14  
antenna 2-6, 7-25  
connecting 2-4  
custom 7-2  
Diagnostic 2-7, 2-9  
extending 2-5, 2-9  
length deviations B-3  
Modem Interface 2-4  
ATZ 6-15  
call modes 6-69  
ports affected 5-14  
auto-answer 5-6, 5-28, 5-29, 6-25  
Autodeletion 6-54, 6-56, 6-59  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Index-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Change from Online to Online-Command  
shields 7-18  
suppliers 7-26  
CALL  
Mode 6-40  
character framing 5-14, 6-35  
circuit  
DURATION 4-3, 6-64  
NUMBER 4-3, 6-64  
STATE 4-3, 6-64  
108 6-19  
108/2 5-12, 6-16, 6-22  
109 6-16, 6-19  
TYPE 4-3, 6-64  
call  
Circuit Card Assemblies 1-7, 7-3  
Clear  
Detail Record 5-25  
Error Log 6-60  
To Send 5-8  
code samples 5-2  
codeword size 6-43  
Comma Dial Modifier Time 6-29  
Command  
history 6-21  
mode, modem 6-69  
Caller ID 5-28  
CALLINPROG 6-64  
calls  
answering with Data and Control  
Echo 6-9  
Line Editing Character 6-27  
line format 6-7  
Line Termination Character 6-25  
mode 5-12  
ports 5-29  
answering with Data port 5-28  
asynchronous data 5-30  
Loopback 4-3, 5-15, 6-21  
Markov 4-3, 5-15, 6-21  
mobile-originated  
echoing 6-9  
condensation 7-30  
configuration  
ports 5-8, 5-9  
string 6-41  
CONNECT 6-15, 6-19, 6-21, 6-24  
connecting  
asynchronous 5-32  
packet data 5-27  
mobile-terminated  
asynchronous 5-33  
packet data 5-27  
packet data 4-3, 6-21  
special test 5-15  
antenna 2-9, 2-10  
antenna cables 2-6  
Diagnostic cable 2-9, 3-2  
Interface cable 2-5  
UTPST 3-2  
carriage return 6-7  
Carrier Detect Threshold Timeout 6-29  
Carrier Loss to Disconnect Timeout 6-30  
carrier, lost 6-29, 6-30  
Connection Completion Timeout 6-28  
connection time 1-2, 5-4, 5-32  
connectors  
carriers, Globalstar A-4  
case sensitivity 6-7  
caulking antenna 2-11, 7-29  
CDMA by QUALCOMM 7-20  
CDR, see Call Detail Record  
certification compliance B-1  
DB-25 7-6  
digital data durability 7-34  
Interface 7-9  
Index-4  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
J3 2-6, 7-3, 7-6  
J7 2-6, 7-3, 7-6  
MCX 7-25  
baud rate 2-17  
changing configuration 7-8  
HyperTerminal settings 2-15  
line speed 7-6  
modem 7-3  
modem antenna 7-6  
RF durability 7-35, 7-39  
Rx 2-6, 2-9, 7-22  
SMA 7-25, 7-29  
making calls from 4-4  
signals 7-9  
transmit rate 5-22, 5-32  
Data Set Read, see DSR  
Data Terminal Ready, see DTR  
data terminating equipment, see DTE  
DB-25  
cable bridle 2-4  
connector 1-7, 7-6  
DC POWER 2-4  
DC power 2-12  
Tx 2-6, 2-9, 7-22  
constellation, Globalstar A-1  
Control port 5-7, 7-6  
active 5-10  
active only 5-9  
baud rate 2-17  
changing configuration 7-8  
HyperTerminal settings 2-15  
line speed 7-6  
impedance 7-15  
modem requirements 7-15  
oscillations 7-15  
supply 2-12  
signals 7-8  
coverage A-2  
DC/DC converter 7-15  
DC_ signals 7-10  
DCD 5-8, 5-29, 7-9  
DCE 5-7, 5-12, 5-33, 6-1  
header, trailer 6-13  
CP_ signals 7-10  
CTS 5-8, 7-9, 7-14  
Customer Service Center D-1  
D
Received Line Signal Detector  
damping 7-20, 7-32, 7-33  
Data and Control ports active 5-9  
data call 4-3  
Behavior 6-16  
Received Signal Line Detector  
Behavior 5-14  
terminating from Online-Command  
reset default parameters 6-15  
Response Format 6-13  
response format 6-13  
mode 5-12  
Data Carrier Detected 5-8  
data communications equipment, see DCE  
Data Compression Control  
Command 6-42  
Data port 5-7, 7-6  
active 5-10  
DE-9 connector 2-9, 7-12  
DEEP_SLEEP 6-63  
defaults  
configuration 5-14  
DCE factory parameters 6-15  
modem 6-17  
active only 5-8  
answering calls 5-28  
degradation of service 5-4  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Index-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
developing modem applications 5-1  
Diagnostic  
DTE 1-5, 5-7, 6-1  
Data Terminal Ready Behavior 5-14,  
cable 2-7, 7-12  
6-16  
DTMF  
connecting for UTPST 3-2  
switch box 2-7, 7-12  
Tone Duration and Spacing 6-31  
port 2-9, 5-16, 7-12  
pinouts 7-13  
dial  
tones 6-13, 6-31  
DTR 5-8, 5-10, 5-28, 7-8, 7-14  
asserted 2-7, 5-9, 5-16, 7-12  
on Control port 5-29  
command 6-20  
string values 6-21  
valid 6-20  
on Data port 5-28, 5-29  
on Diagnostic port 5-28  
changes during operation 5-15  
Control port 5-29  
Data port 5-28, 5-29  
DCD handshake 5-29  
de-asserted 2-7, 5-9, 5-16, 7-7,  
7-12, 7-18  
on Data port 5-28, 5-29  
Diagnostic port 5-28  
hold time 7-8  
modem power down 5-10  
OR’d signals 7-17  
tone 6-14  
Dial Number 5-33, 5-35  
Dial-Up Networking 5-22  
dictionary entries 6-43  
Dielectric Resonator Antenna, see antenna  
digital  
board 1-7  
data connector 7-34  
ground 7-18  
disconnecting 6-28  
distributors, User Terminal A-5  
DN 5-33  
DNI 7-19  
DNS server 5-30  
signal 7-7  
durability  
digital connector 7-34  
RF connector 7-35, 7-39  
dynamic IP addressing 5-23  
dormant mode 5-5, 5-25, 5-29, 6-22,  
6-23, 6-48, 6-50  
idle timer 5-25, 6-49  
leaving active 5-27  
setting up 5-25  
E
E-A-R damping feet 7-20, 7-32, 7-33,  
E-2  
echoing 6-9  
timeout setting 5-15, 6-49  
downconverters 1-7  
DP_ signals 7-10  
EIA/TIA/IS-707A 6-40  
electrical shock 2-19, 7-15  
electronic device restrictions B-4  
EMI filtering 7-15, 7-16  
DRA, see antenna  
DSR 5-8, 7-8, 7-9  
asserted 5-16, 7-7, 7-17  
Index-6  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
emissions  
1605 7-29  
problems 2-9  
enclosures 7-19, B-1  
metallic 7-18  
QUALCOMM mark on 7-20  
regulatory labels on 7-21  
environmental specifications  
antenna 7-35, E-2  
Federal Communications Commission, see  
FCC  
filtering 7-16  
firewalls 5-5  
fixed IP addressing 5-23, 5-24  
flash, programming 7-14  
flow control 2-15  
data 5-12  
DCE/DTE 6-36  
hardware 6-37, 7-13, 7-14  
software 6-37  
modem 7-30, E-2  
ERROR 6-9  
error  
Forward Link 5-16  
freezing rain 7-37  
frequencies  
control 6-46  
log  
attenuation 7-28  
operating E-1  
clearing 6-60  
getting 6-59  
frequency range, antenna E-3  
full duplex 1-5, 5-16, 5-22, 5-32  
fungal growth 7-35, 7-39  
fuses 2-12, 7-16  
services commands 6-59  
Error Control Selection Command 6-45  
ESD 2-2, 2-19, 7-6, 7-20  
and Diagnostic port 7-13  
damage to modem 7-15  
ESN 6-34  
G
GAI 5-16  
ETSI 7-16  
gain, antenna E-3  
gas wells 5-3, 5-6  
GATEWAY 4-2, 6-63  
Gateways 4-2, 5-3, A-2  
Home Channel 3-5  
Home ID 3-5  
European  
R&TTE Directive B-2  
Union 7-18, 7-21  
extended configuration AT  
commands 6-32  
extending cables 2-5, 2-9  
IP addressing 5-23  
IWF 6-41, 6-47  
F
factory defaults 6-15, 6-17  
fades 5-19, 6-61  
fallback modes 6-45  
fatal error 7-9, 7-18  
FCC 7-16, 7-18, 7-21, B-2  
FDX 5-16  
number 4-2  
Packet Interworking Function 5-8  
service areas 5-29, 5-35  
geostationary-Earth-orbit satellites A-2  
Get  
Info 6-9  
Modem User Terminal ESN 6-34  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Index-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Globalstar  
grounding 2-11  
Air Interface 5-16  
options 7-18  
background information A-1  
Communications System 1-2  
coverage A-2  
GSP-1600 Tri-Mode Phone A-2, A-5  
LCD screen 5-20  
roaming 5-35  
GSP-1620 Satellite Data Modem, see  
modem  
guard-time 6-40  
Customer Service D-1  
Data User Guide 1-8  
ground segment A-2  
Home  
H
Gateway Channel 3-5  
Gateway ID 3-5  
H777 6-22  
hand-offs 5-29  
handshake  
Service Provider Mobile Country  
Code 3-6  
Service Provider Mobile Network  
DTR-DCD 5-29  
Code 3-6  
signals 5-13  
TxD/RxD 7-8  
hanging up  
IMSI 3-5  
Limited Partnership (GLP) A-1  
satellite  
calls 5-27, 5-32  
modem 7-7  
paths 7-27  
service 4-2, 5-16  
system 3-1  
service 4-2  
hard reset 7-18  
hardware  
antenna 7-22  
flow control 7-13, 7-14  
alerts 5-19  
modem 7-2  
Health Industry Manufacturers  
signal 4-1  
specifications E-1  
User Terminal 3-2  
UT Program Support Tool, see UTPST  
UTPST Script API Reference  
Manual xxiii, 1-8, 3-7  
Web page 5-26, A-4  
Association B-4  
hearing aids B-5  
heat loads 7-31, 7-36  
Home Service Provider 3-6  
Hook Control 6-22  
host  
GLOBALSTAR service mode 6-63  
GLP A-1  
GND 5-8, 7-8, 7-9  
GPS interference B-3  
ground  
application 5-3  
modem 6-45  
server 5-4, 5-6, 5-23, 5-24, 5-30,  
5-33, 5-35  
HPSE_RESUME 6-64  
humidity 7-30, 7-35, E-2  
loops 2-11, 7-19  
segment, Globalstar A-2  
signal 7-10, 7-11, 7-14  
Index-8  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
HyperTerminal 2-15, 5-2  
checking modem status 4-2  
making calls 4-4  
IWF 5-8  
commands 6-41  
Gateway 6-41  
setting up 2-15  
modem 5-30, 6-14, 6-18, 6-27,  
6-28, 6-29, 6-30, 6-31  
I
modulation capabilities 6-47  
ice 7-29, 7-37  
ICNIRP (1996) B-4  
IDLE 6-64  
J
J3 connector 2-6, 7-3, 7-6  
J7 connector 2-6, 7-3, 7-6  
JPM Corporate 7-26  
idle timer 5-25, 6-49  
impacts 7-3  
impedance 7-15  
IMSI 3-5, 5-24, 5-30  
in-band control data 5-12, 5-27, 5-32  
INDEX, SMS 6-54  
initialization strings 5-36  
insertion loss 2-9  
Interface connector  
pinouts 7-9  
jumper, shorting pins 3-8  
L
labeling, regulatory 7-21  
LAPM 6-46  
latitude 5-21, 6-67, A-1  
LEO satellites 1-2, 5-21, A-1  
lightning 7-16  
Linux 5-22  
Liquid Electrical Tape 7-29  
LNA 1-7, E-3  
local flow control 5-15, 6-36  
locked SMS messages 6-54, 6-56  
long distance charges 5-4  
longitude 5-21, 6-67  
Loopback call 4-3, 5-10, 5-11, 6-21  
DTR behavior 5-15  
LOOPBACK call type 6-64  
lost signaling carrier 6-29, 6-30  
low-Earth-orbit (LEO) satellites A-1  
LPM 6-63  
interface connector  
summary E-1  
interference, antenna 7-29  
Internet 1-4, 5-3, 5-21  
Protocol, see IP  
IP addressing 5-23  
dynamic 5-23  
fixed 5-24  
globally routable addresses 5-23  
private addresses 5-23  
IP-in-IP tunnel 5-24  
IPSec 5-24  
IRPA (1991) B-4  
IS-637 6-55  
IS-95 ratesets 6-32  
IS-95A 5-16  
isolation, antenna 7-29, E-3  
M
M3 screws 2-11, 7-19  
M4 screws 2-11  
Macintosh OS 5-22  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Index-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Markov call 4-3, 5-10, 5-11, 6-21  
DTR behavior 5-15  
IWF 5-30, 6-14, 6-18, 6-27, 6-28,  
6-29, 6-30, 6-31  
statistics 6-68  
labeling 7-21  
MARKOV call type 6-64  
MCC 3-5, 3-6  
mechanical description 7-3  
mounting 7-19  
MCX connectors 1-7, 7-3, 7-6, 7-25  
mechanical shock 7-34, 7-38  
medical devices B-5  
medium-Earth-orbit satellites A-2  
MIK, see Modem Integrator’s Kit  
MNC 3-5, 3-6  
overview 1-2  
powering off 2-18  
providing power 2-12  
quick tour 2-2  
re-booting 7-18  
resetting 2-18  
Mobile  
specification summary E-1  
status 4-1, 6-62  
Country Code 3-5  
Network Code 3-5  
surge protection 7-16  
talking to via serial port 2-15  
training time 5-4  
Satellite System 5-16  
mobile-originated calls  
asynchronous 5-32  
packet data 5-27  
mobile-terminated calls  
answering with SMS 5-18  
upgrading software 3-7  
user interface 7-6  
Modem Integrator’s Kit 1-7, 2-2, 2-4  
asynchronous 5-33  
Modem Interface cable 2-4  
packet data 5-27  
Modem Operation Monitor, see Operation  
Monitor  
modes  
MODEL 6-10  
NUMBER 6-10  
modem  
Command 5-12  
dormant 6-48  
antenna connectors 7-6  
modem call 6-69  
Online 4-5, 5-12  
Online-Command 4-5, 5-12  
power 7-17  
application scenarios 5-5  
applications 5-1  
banks 5-4  
board layout 7-3  
booting up 7-7, 7-17  
bulk programming 3-7  
dimensions, weight 7-6  
distributors A-5  
Modulation Selection Command 6-47  
MODULE_RESET_N 7-7, 7-12  
Monitor  
Speaker Loudness 6-10  
Speaker Mode 6-11  
mounting  
grounding options 7-18  
hardware 7-2  
host 5-4, 6-45  
antennas 2-10, 7-22, 7-27  
modems 7-19  
Index-10  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
MPE B-4  
MSIN 3-5  
MSS 5-16  
Online mode 4-5, 5-12  
entering from Online-Command  
mode 5-13  
returning to 6-23  
Online-Command mode 4-5, 5-10, 5-11,  
5-12, 6-40  
multiplexing, packet data 6-32  
MULTITONE 6-64  
MUX 6-32  
echoing 6-9  
N
entering from Online mode 5-12  
terminating data calls 5-12  
operating systems 5-22  
National Safe Transit Association 7-35,  
7-39  
NCRP Report 86 B-3  
negotiation 6-43  
Operation Monitor 2-4, 2-7, 7-12  
Original Equipment Manufacturer, see  
OEMs  
originator 6-45  
O-rings 2-11, 7-28  
oscillations, power line 7-15  
OSPL 7-20, 7-34, E-2  
Outdoor Unit, see ODU  
Overall Sound Pressure Level 7-20, 7-34  
overhead 1-2, 5-4, 5-32  
networking software 5-22  
NO ANSWER 6-22  
NO CARRIER 5-11, 6-19, 6-21, 6-24  
NO DIALTONE 5-10, 6-21  
NO_MODE 6-63  
noise, ambient E-2  
noise, Rx E-3  
noisy lines 5-4  
non-data calls 5-10  
non-volatile  
P
data, losing 7-7  
memory 7-18  
pacemakers B-4  
packet data  
calls 4-3, 6-21  
using AT commands 4-4  
O
mobile-originated calls 5-27  
mobile-terminated calls 5-27  
overview 1-2, 5-4  
ODU 1-7, 7-22  
see also antenna  
OEMs 1-1, A-5  
applications 5-2  
roaming 5-29  
modem information 7-1  
products 7-1  
Off-Hook 6-22  
oil wells 5-3  
OK 6-9  
On-Hook 6-22  
using 5-21  
with asynchronous data 5-34,  
6-50  
Packet No Dial 6-50  
parity 2-15, 6-35, 7-6  
particulates 7-3, 7-19  
passwords 5-5  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Index-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Pause Before Blind Dialing Time 6-27  
pauses, during dialing 6-29  
periodic application 5-6  
Perl 5-2  
maximum transmit E-1  
modes 7-17  
on/off 7-7, 7-17, 7-18  
port use during 5-16  
phone book entries 6-21  
pinouts  
Diagnostic port 7-13  
interface connector 7-9  
pipe, for data 5-19  
pipelines 5-6  
PLS, see Position Location Service  
polarization, antenna E-3  
pole-mounting antennas 7-29  
ports  
requirements 2-12  
powering modem  
off 2-18  
with AC adapter 2-13  
with DC power supply 2-14  
PPP  
session 5-22  
with asychronous data 5-34  
precipitation 7-3, 7-19  
Preferred Service Provider 3-6  
printing SMS message 6-52  
product support D-1  
PROGRAM 7-14  
protocol stacks 5-22  
PROVIDER 4-2, 6-63  
provisioning 3-1, E-1  
PSTN 1-2, 5-3, 5-4, 6-42, 6-45  
Public Switched Telephone Network, see  
PSTN  
activation changes during  
operation 5-15  
active 5-9, 5-13  
affected by AT commands 5-13, 5-14  
arbitration 5-9  
behavior 5-10  
configuration 5-8, 5-9  
configuration and SMS 5-17  
during power on and off 5-16  
see also Control port, Data port,  
Diagnostic port  
pulse dialing 6-11  
using Data and Control 5-7  
Q
POS 1 DTR to GND 2-7, 3-3, 7-12  
POS 2 DTR Open 2-7, 7-12  
POS 3 Not Used 2-7, 7-12, 7-13  
Position Location  
QUALCOMM  
defaults for modem 6-17  
mark on enclosures 7-20  
Determination 5-21  
Service 6-66  
R
R&TTE Directive B-2  
R216, R217 7-19  
POWER 7-14  
power  
Radio Astronomy exclusion zones B-3  
reboot 7-9  
receive section, antenna 7-22  
Received Line Signal Detector, see RLSD  
received signal strength 4-3  
consumption 7-16, E-1  
DC requirements 7-15  
ground 7-19  
handling, antenna E-3  
Index-12  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
Ring Indicator, see RI  
RLSD 5-8, 5-25, 6-16  
REGISTRATION 4-3, 6-63  
registration, Gateway 5-30  
regulatory  
Rm interface 5-7, 5-12, 6-38  
baud rate 5-15, 6-15, 6-38  
DTR (circuit 108/2) 5-12  
protocol setting 5-15, 6-33  
ROAMING 4-3, 6-63  
roaming 6-61  
labeling 7-21  
requirements 7-21  
Repeat Last Command 6-19  
re-programming service parameters 3-4  
RESELECTION_NEXT 6-63  
RESET 2-4  
asynchronous 5-35  
lead 2-18, 7-7  
between Gateway service areas 5-35  
fixed IP addresses 5-24  
packet data 5-29  
status 5-20  
within Gateway service areas 5-35  
Reset to Default Configuration 5-14, 6-15  
resetting modem 2-18, 7-18  
resistors 7-19  
Response Formatting Character 6-26  
Result Code  
Selection Command 6-14  
Suppression 6-12  
result codes 6-13  
common S-register 6-24  
selection 6-14  
retransmit timer 6-70  
Retrieve Error Log 6-59  
Return to Online Data Mode 6-23  
Reverse Link 5-17  
RF  
routing asynchronous data 1-2  
RS-232  
interfaces 1-5  
maximum cable lengths 2-9  
ports 5-17  
transmitter 7-8  
RSSI 4-3, 5-20, 6-63  
RTS 5-8, 6-37, 7-9, 7-14  
Rx connector 2-6, 2-9, 7-22  
RxD 5-8, 7-8, 7-9, 7-14  
board 1-7  
certification B-1  
S
safety standards B-4  
satellites 2-9  
connector durability 7-35, 7-39  
connector ground 7-19  
exposure guidelines B-3  
path changes B-3  
power amp 1-7  
restrictions B-1, B-3  
Globalstar A-1  
MEO/GEO A-2  
SCADA applications 1-1, 1-3  
components 5-2  
developing 5-1  
sample scenarios 5-5  
scripting 3-7  
RFC 1661, 1662 5-22  
RFR 5-8, 6-37  
RI 5-8, 5-28, 5-29, 5-33, 7-9  
asserted on Data port 5-28  
RING 5-28, 5-29, 5-33, 6-21, 6-61  
sealing antennas 7-28  
security 5-5  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Index-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
Select  
setting up  
dormant mode 5-25  
Pulse Dialing 6-11  
Tone Dialing 6-13  
HyperTerminal 2-15  
SELF TEST 2-16  
separation distance B-4  
serial port 6-35  
server  
SETUP_ORIG 6-64  
SETUP_TERM 6-64  
shipping 7-35, 7-39  
shock mounts 7-20, 7-32, 7-33, E-2  
Short Messaging Service, see SMS  
short-circuits 7-6, 7-13  
SHUTDOWN 6-63  
shutdown mode 7-17  
SIG GND 2-4  
DNS 5-30  
host 5-4, 5-6, 5-23, 5-24, 5-30,  
5-33, 5-35  
service  
alerts 5-19, 6-61  
signal  
degradation 5-4  
programming 3-1, 7-12  
bulk modems 3-7  
corrupting 7-18  
parameters 3-4  
providers 3-1, A-4  
current 4-2  
fading E-2  
ground 7-19  
lines 5-8  
lost carrier 6-29, 6-30  
naming convention 5-8  
ports 5-8  
strength 4-3  
status commands 6-61  
SIGNALING 6-64  
Silent Retry Timeout 5-14, 6-31  
SILENTRETRY 6-64  
sinusoidal 7-32  
SLIP 5-34  
SMA connectors 1-7, 7-25  
sealing 7-29  
status message 5-20  
Service Alert 6-61  
SERVICE AVAILABLE 4-2, 6-63  
SERVICE MODE 4-2, 6-63  
Service Programming Code 3-3  
Service Status 6-62  
Set  
SMS 5-17  
Character Framing 6-35  
alerts 5-17, 6-57  
Dormant Mode Timeout Value 6-49  
Forward MUX Option 6-32  
Local Flow Control 6-36  
Mode 6-69  
Remote Config String 6-41  
Rm Interface Command Baud  
Rate 6-38  
AT commands 5-18, 6-51  
autodelete 6-54, 6-56, 6-59  
database state 6-58  
email address 5-19  
Info 6-58  
locked messages 6-54, 6-56  
Message Center 6-55  
message field information 5-18  
Rm Interface Protocol 6-33  
to Factory Defined  
Configuration 5-14, 6-17  
Index-14  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
mobile-terminated 5-17  
calls 5-18  
Move/Delete 6-51  
port configuration 5-17  
Print 6-52  
support, product D-1  
surge protection 7-16, 7-19  
switch box 2-7, 7-12  
syntax, command 6-8  
synthesizers 1-7  
printing current message 6-52  
sample script 5-19  
traversing message list 6-51  
T
TCP  
networking 6-70  
Stack Changes 6-70  
SMS Lock 6-56  
snow 7-28, 7-29, 7-37  
SOFT_RESET 6-63  
software version, determining 3-8  
solar radiation 7-31, 7-36  
solder mask 7-19  
SP, see service providers 3-1  
SPC 3-3  
speaker  
TCP/IP 1-2  
TCXO 1-7  
Technical Support D-1  
temperature 7-30, 7-35  
antenna E-3  
termination character 5-25, 6-7  
changing 6-25  
thermal radiation 7-31, 7-36  
throughput 5-22, 5-32  
loudness 6-10  
on/off 6-11  
TIA/EIA-232-E specification 2-5, 2-9  
TIA_ASYNC 4-3, 6-64  
TIA_PPP 4-3, 4-5, 6-64  
tilde character 4-4  
Time of Day 6-64  
time stamp, SMS 6-55  
timeout  
special calls and services 6-64  
specifications  
antenna 7-22, E-3  
antenna cable 7-25  
environmental 7-30, 7-35  
modem E-1  
summary E-1  
connection 6-28  
S-registers 6-24  
extensions 6-31  
stacks 5-22  
modification commands 6-70  
standby mode 7-17  
start/stop bits 6-35  
status, checking modem 4-1, 4-2, 5-20,  
6-62  
dormant mode 6-49  
Globalstar-specific 6-31  
silent retry 6-32  
TIMEPAUSE 6-64  
timer  
call origination silent retry 6-31  
dormant mode idle 5-25, 6-49  
TCP stack 6-70  
stop bits 2-15, 7-6  
Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition,  
Times Microwave Systems 7-26  
timing, DTR 7-8  
see SCADA  
tone dialing 6-13  
suppliers, RF cables 7-26  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Index-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Integrator’s Reference Manual  
tools, recommended development 5-2  
traffic channel 5-8, 5-25  
transmit  
VPN 5-5, 5-24  
VSWR E-3  
mode 7-17  
W
section, antenna 7-22  
troubleshooting 8-1  
TTL levels 7-13  
warranty C-1  
watchdog circuit 7-7  
weight  
Tx connector 2-6, 2-9, 7-22  
TxD 5-8, 7-8, 7-9, 7-14  
antenna 7-23, E-1, E-4  
modem 7-6, E-1  
Windows computers 5-2  
95/98/2000 5-22  
NT 5-22  
U
Um interface 5-8, 6-49  
UNIX computers 5-22  
upconverters 1-7  
Wireless Technology Research,  
L.L.C B-5  
upgrading software 3-7  
Use Van Jacobsen Header  
Compression 6-73  
user interface, modem 7-6  
User Terminals 3-2, A-2  
distributors A-5  
X
XON/XOFF 6-37  
Y
Y-modem 5-34  
UTPST  
connecting to modem 3-2  
installing and running 3-3  
overview 3-2  
Z
Z-modem 5-34  
Scripting API 3-7  
V
V.42 protocol 6-45  
V.42bis data compression 6-42  
V.8 6-45  
Van Jacobsen header compression 6-73  
vibration 7-19, 7-32, 7-37, E-2, E-3  
virtual private network, see VPN  
VMN messages 6-59  
VOICE 6-64  
Volex Inc. 7-26  
voltages, input 7-16, E-1  
Index-16  
80-99208-1 Rev. D  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

Radica Games Video Game Console 73012 User Guide
RCA Home Theater System RT2906 User Guide
RCA MP3 Player H115 User Guide
RCA Projection Television P52939 User Guide
Remington Styling Iron CB 75i User Guide
Rubbermaid Vacuum Cleaner WD125G User Guide
Ryobi Grinder SGL1150 User Guide
Salton Mixer KM 1078 User Guide
Samsung Computer Drive SW 224 User Guide
Sanyo Vacuum Cleaner SC X1000P User Guide